Option Summary
Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type.
Explanations are in the following sections.
- Overall
Options
- -c -S -E -o file -combine -pipe -pass-exit-codes
-x language -v -### --help --target-help --version
@file
- C Language Options
- -ansi -std=standard -fgnu89-inline -aux-info
filename -fno-asm -fno-builtin -fno-builtin-function
-fhosted -ffreestanding -fopenmp -fms-extensions -trigraphs
-no-integrated-cpp -traditional -traditional-cpp
-fallow-single-precision -fcond-mismatch -fsigned-bitfields
-fsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -funsigned-char
- C++ Language
Options
- -fabi-version=n -fno-access-control -fcheck-new
-fconserve-space -ffriend-injection -fno-elide-constructors
-fno-enforce-eh-specs -ffor-scope -fno-for-scope
-fno-gnu-keywords -fno-implicit-templates
-fno-implicit-inline-templates -fno-implement-inlines
-fms-extensions -fno-nonansi-builtins -fno-operator-names
-fno-optional-diags -fpermissive -frepo -fno-rtti -fstats
-ftemplate-depth-n -fno-threadsafe-statics -fuse-cxa-atexit
-fno-weak -nostdinc++ -fno-default-inline
-fvisibility-inlines-hidden -Wabi -Wctor-dtor-privacy
-Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wreorder -Weffc++ -Wno-deprecated
-Wstrict-null-sentinel -Wno-non-template-friend
-Wold-style-cast -Woverloaded-virtual -Wno-pmf-conversions
-Wsign-promo
- Objective-C
and Objective-C++ Language Options
- -fconstant-string-class=class-name -fgnu-runtime
-fnext-runtime -fno-nil-receivers -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
-fobjc-direct-dispatch -fobjc-exceptions -fobjc-gc
-freplace-objc-classes -fzero-link -gen-decls
-Wassign-intercept -Wno-protocol -Wselector
-Wstrict-selector-match -Wundeclared-selector
- Language
Independent Options
- -fmessage-length=n
-fdiagnostics-show-location=[once⎪every-line]
-fdiagnostics-show-option
- Warning
Options
- -fsyntax-only -pedantic -pedantic-errors -w -Wextra -Wall
-Waddress -Waggregate-return -Wno-attributes -Wc++-compat
-Wcast-align -Wcast-qual -Wchar-subscripts -Wcomment -Wconversion
-Wno-deprecated-declarations -Wdisabled-optimization
-Wno-div-by-zero -Wno-endif-labels -Werror -Werror=*
-Werror-implicit-function-declaration -Wfatal-errors -Wfloat-equal
-Wformat -Wformat=2 -Wno-format-extra-args -Wformat-nonliteral
-Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k -Wimplicit
-Wimplicit-function-declaration -Wimplicit-int -Wimport -Wno-import
-Winit-self -Winline -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
-Wno-invalid-offsetof -Winvalid-pch -Wlarger-than-len
-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations -Wlong-long -Wmain -Wmissing-braces
-Wmissing-field-initializers -Wmissing-format-attribute
-Wmissing-include-dirs -Wmissing-noreturn -Wno-multichar
-Wnonnull -Wno-overflow -Woverlength-strings -Wpacked -Wpadded
-Wparentheses -Wpointer-arith -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast
-Wredundant-decls -Wreturn-type -Wsequence-point -Wshadow
-Wsign-compare -Wstack-protector -Wstrict-aliasing
-Wstrict-aliasing=2 -Wstrict-overflow
-Wstrict-overflow=n -Wswitch -Wswitch-default
-Wswitch-enum -Wsystem-headers -Wtrigraphs -Wundef
-Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas -Wno-pragmas
-Wunreachable-code -Wunused -Wunused-function -Wunused-label
-Wunused-parameter -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable
-Wvariadic-macros -Wvolatile-register-var -Wwrite-strings
- C-only Warning
Options
- -Wbad-function-cast -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-prototypes
-Wnested-externs -Wold-style-definition -Wstrict-prototypes
-Wtraditional -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-sign
- Debugging
Options
- -dletters -dumpspecs -dumpmachine -dumpversion
-fdump-noaddr -fdump-unnumbered
-fdump-translation-unit[-n]
-fdump-class-hierarchy[-n] -fdump-ipa-all
-fdump-ipa-cgraph -fdump-tree-all
-fdump-tree-original[-n]
-fdump-tree-optimized[-n]
-fdump-tree-inlined[-n] -fdump-tree-cfg
-fdump-tree-vcg -fdump-tree-alias -fdump-tree-ch
-fdump-tree-ssa[-n]
-fdump-tree-pre[-n]
-fdump-tree-ccp[-n]
-fdump-tree-dce[-n]
-fdump-tree-gimple[-raw]
-fdump-tree-mudflap[-n]
-fdump-tree-dom[-n]
-fdump-tree-dse[-n]
-fdump-tree-phiopt[-n]
-fdump-tree-forwprop[-n]
-fdump-tree-copyrename[-n] -fdump-tree-nrv
-fdump-tree-vect -fdump-tree-sink
-fdump-tree-sra[-n] -fdump-tree-salias
-fdump-tree-fre[-n]
-fdump-tree-vrp[-n]
-ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n
-fdump-tree-storeccp[-n] -feliminate-dwarf2-dups
-feliminate-unused-debug-types -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols
-femit-class-debug-always -fmem-report -fprofile-arcs
-frandom-seed=string -fsched-verbose=n
-ftest-coverage -ftime-report -fvar-tracking -g
-glevel -gcoff -gdwarf-2 -ggdb -gstabs -gstabs+ -gvms
-gxcoff -gxcoff+ -p -pg -print-file-name=library
-print-libgcc-file-name -print-multi-directory
-print-multi-lib -print-prog-name=program
-print-search-dirs -Q -save-temps -time
- Optimization
Options
- -falign-functions=n -falign-jumps=n
-falign-labels=n -falign-loops=n
-fbounds-check -fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir
-fbranch-probabilities -fprofile-values -fvpt
-fbranch-target-load-optimize -fbranch-target-load-optimize2
-fbtr-bb-exclusive -fcaller-saves -fcprop-registers
-fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks -fcx-limited-range
-fdata-sections -fdelayed-branch -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
-fearly-inlining -fexpensive-optimizations -ffast-math
-ffloat-store -fforce-addr -ffunction-sections -fgcse
-fgcse-lm -fgcse-sm -fgcse-las -fgcse-after-reload -fcrossjumping
-fif-conversion -fif-conversion2 -finline-functions
-finline-functions-called-once -finline-limit=n
-fkeep-inline-functions -fkeep-static-consts -fmerge-constants
-fmerge-all-constants -fmodulo-sched -fno-branch-count-reg
-fno-default-inline -fno-defer-pop -fmove-loop-invariants
-fno-function-cse -fno-guess-branch-probability -fno-inline
-fno-math-errno -fno-peephole -fno-peephole2
-funsafe-math-optimizations -funsafe-loop-optimizations
-ffinite-math-only -fno-toplevel-reorder -fno-trapping-math
-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss -fomit-frame-pointer
-foptimize-register-move -foptimize-sibling-calls
-fprefetch-loop-arrays -fprofile-generate -fprofile-use
-fregmove -frename-registers -freorder-blocks
-freorder-blocks-and-partition -freorder-functions
-frerun-cse-after-loop -frounding-math
-frtl-abstract-sequences -fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2
-fno-sched-interblock -fno-sched-spec -fsched-spec-load
-fsched-spec-load-dangerous -fsched-stalled-insns=n
-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n -fsched2-use-superblocks
-fsched2-use-traces -fsee -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops
-fsection-anchors -fsignaling-nans -fsingle-precision-constant
-fstack-protector -fstack-protector-all -fstack-protector-strong
-fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow -ftracer -fthread-jumps
-funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops -fpeel-loops
-fsplit-ivs-in-unroller -funswitch-loops
-fvariable-expansion-in-unroller -ftree-pre -ftree-ccp
-ftree-dce -ftree-loop-optimize -ftree-loop-linear -ftree-loop-im
-ftree-loop-ivcanon -fivopts -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse
-ftree-copyrename -ftree-sink -ftree-ch -ftree-sra -ftree-ter
-ftree-lrs -ftree-fre -ftree-vectorize -ftree-vect-loop-version
-ftree-salias -fipa-pta -fweb -ftree-copy-prop -ftree-store-ccp
-ftree-store-copy-prop -fwhole-program --param
name=value -O -O0 -O1 -O2 -O3 -Os
- Preprocessor
Options
- -Aquestion=answer
-A-question[=answer] -C -dD -dI -dM -dN
-Dmacro[=defn] -E -H -idirafter
dir -include file -imacros file
-iprefix file -iwithprefix dir
-iwithprefixbefore dir -isystem dir
-imultilib dir -isysroot dir -M -MM -MF -MG
-MP -MQ -MT -nostdinc -P -fworking-directory -remap
-trigraphs -undef -Umacro -Wp,option
-Xpreprocessor option
- Assembler
Option
- -Wa,option -Xassembler option
- Linker
Options
- object-file-name -llibrary -nostartfiles
-nodefaultlibs -nostdlib -pie -rdynamic -s -static -static-libgcc
-shared -shared-libgcc -symbolic -Wl,option
-Xlinker option -u symbol
- Directory
Options
- -Bprefix -Idir -iquotedir
-Ldir -specs=file -I-
--sysroot=dir
- Target
Options
- -V version -b machine
- Machine Dependent
Options
- ARC Options -EB -EL -mmangle-cpu -mcpu=cpu
-mtext=text-section -mdata=data-section
-mrodata=readonly-data-section
ARM Options -mapcs-frame -mno-apcs-frame
-mabi=name -mapcs-stack-check -mno-apcs-stack-check
-mapcs-float -mno-apcs-float -mapcs-reentrant
-mno-apcs-reentrant -msched-prolog -mno-sched-prolog
-mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -mwords-little-endian
-mfloat-abi=name -msoft-float -mhard-float -mfpe
-mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork -mcpu=name
-march=name -mfpu=name
-mstructure-size-boundary=n -mabort-on-noreturn
-mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -msingle-pic-base
-mno-single-pic-base -mpic-register=reg
-mnop-fun-dllimport -mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns
-mno-cirrus-fix-invalid-insns -mpoke-function-name -mthumb
-marm -mtpcs-frame -mtpcs-leaf-frame
-mcaller-super-interworking -mcallee-super-interworking
-mtp=name
AVR Options -mmcu=mcu -msize
-minit-stack=n -mno-interrupts -mcall-prologues
-mno-tablejump -mtiny-stack -mint8
Blackfin Options -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
-mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer -mspecld-anomaly -mno-specld-anomaly
-mcsync-anomaly -mno-csync-anomaly -mlow-64k -mno-low64k
-mid-shared-library -mno-id-shared-library
-mshared-library-id=n -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls
CRIS Options -mcpu=cpu
-march=cpu -mtune=cpu
-mmax-stack-frame=n -melinux-stacksize=n
-metrax4 -metrax100 -mpdebug -mcc-init -mno-side-effects
-mstack-align -mdata-align -mconst-align -m32-bit -m16-bit
-m8-bit -mno-prologue-epilogue -mno-gotplt -melf -maout -melinux
-mlinux -sim -sim2 -mmul-bug-workaround
-mno-mul-bug-workaround
CRX Options -mmac -mpush-args
Darwin Options -all_load -allowable_client -arch
-arch_errors_fatal -arch_only -bind_at_load -bundle
-bundle_loader -client_name -compatibility_version
-current_version -dead_strip -dependency-file -dylib_file
-dylinker_install_name -dynamic -dynamiclib
-exported_symbols_list -filelist -flat_namespace
-force_cpusubtype_ALL -force_flat_namespace
-headerpad_max_install_names -image_base -init -install_name
-keep_private_externs -multi_module -multiply_defined
-multiply_defined_unused -noall_load
-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms -nofixprebinding -nomultidefs
-noprebind -noseglinkedit -pagezero_size -prebind
-prebind_all_twolevel_modules -private_bundle -read_only_relocs
-sectalign -sectobjectsymbols -whyload -seg1addr
-sectcreate -sectobjectsymbols -sectorder -segaddr
-segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr -seg_addr_table
-seg_addr_table_filename -seglinkedit -segprot
-segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr -single_module -static
-sub_library -sub_umbrella -twolevel_namespace -umbrella
-undefined -unexported_symbols_list
-weak_reference_mismatches -whatsloaded -F -gused -gfull
-mmacosx-version-min=version -mkernel
-mone-byte-bool
DEC Alpha Options -mno-fp-regs -msoft-float
-malpha-as -mgas -mieee -mieee-with-inexact -mieee-conformant
-mfp-trap-mode=mode -mfp-rounding-mode=mode
-mtrap-precision=mode -mbuild-constants
-mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mbwx
-mmax -mfix -mcix -mfloat-vax -mfloat-ieee
-mexplicit-relocs -msmall-data -mlarge-data -msmall-text
-mlarge-text -mmemory-latency=time
DEC Alpha/VMS Options -mvms-return-codes
FRV Options -mgpr-32 -mgpr-64 -mfpr-32 -mfpr-64
-mhard-float -msoft-float -malloc-cc -mfixed-cc -mdword
-mno-dword -mdouble -mno-double -mmedia -mno-media
-mmuladd -mno-muladd -mfdpic -minline-plt -mgprel-ro
-multilib-library-pic -mlinked-fp -mlong-calls -malign-labels
-mlibrary-pic -macc-4 -macc-8 -mpack -mno-pack -mno-eflags
-mcond-move -mno-cond-move -moptimize-membar
-mno-optimize-membar -mscc -mno-scc -mcond-exec
-mno-cond-exec -mvliw-branch -mno-vliw-branch
-mmulti-cond-exec -mno-multi-cond-exec -mnested-cond-exec
-mno-nested-cond-exec -mtomcat-stats -mTLS -mtls
-mcpu=cpu
GNU/Linux Options -muclibc
H8/300 Options -mrelax -mh -ms -mn -mint32
-malign-300
HPPA Options -march=architecture-type
-mbig-switch -mdisable-fpregs -mdisable-indexing
-mfast-indirect-calls -mgas -mgnu-ld -mhp-ld
-mfixed-range=register-range -mjump-in-delay
-mlinker-opt -mlong-calls -mlong-load-store -mno-big-switch
-mno-disable-fpregs -mno-disable-indexing
-mno-fast-indirect-calls -mno-gas -mno-jump-in-delay
-mno-long-load-store -mno-portable-runtime -mno-soft-float
-mno-space-regs -msoft-float -mpa-risc-1-0 -mpa-risc-1-1
-mpa-risc-2-0 -mportable-runtime -mschedule=cpu-type
-mspace-regs -msio -mwsio -munix=unix-std
-nolibdld -static -threads
i386 and x86-64 Options -mtune=cpu-type
-march=cpu-type -mfpmath=unit
-masm=dialect -mno-fancy-math-387
-mno-fp-ret-in-387 -msoft-float -msvr3-shlib
-mno-wide-multiply -mrtd -malign-double
-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num -mmmx -msse -msse2
-msse3 -m3dnow -mthreads -mno-align-stringops
-minline-all-stringops -mpush-args -maccumulate-outgoing-args
-m128bit-long-double -m96bit-long-double -mregparm=num
-msseregparm -mstackrealign -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
-mno-red-zone -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
-mcmodel=code-model -m32 -m64
-mlarge-data-threshold=num
IA-64 Options -mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mgnu-as
-mgnu-ld -mno-pic -mvolatile-asm-stop -mregister-names
-mno-sdata -mconstant-gp -mauto-pic
-minline-float-divide-min-latency
-minline-float-divide-max-throughput
-minline-int-divide-min-latency
-minline-int-divide-max-throughput -minline-sqrt-min-latency
-minline-sqrt-max-throughput -mno-dwarf2-asm
-mearly-stop-bits -mfixed-range=register-range
-mtls-size=tls-size -mtune=cpu-type -mt
-pthread -milp32 -mlp64 -mno-sched-br-data-spec
-msched-ar-data-spec -mno-sched-control-spec
-msched-br-in-data-spec -msched-ar-in-data-spec
-msched-in-control-spec -msched-ldc -mno-sched-control-ldc
-mno-sched-spec-verbose -mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
-mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
-mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path
M32R/D Options -m32r2 -m32rx -m32r
-mdebug -malign-loops -mno-align-loops
-missue-rate=number -mbranch-cost=number
-mmodel=code-size-model-type
-msdata=sdata-type -mno-flush-func
-mflush-func=name -mno-flush-trap
-mflush-trap=number -G num
M32C Options -mcpu=cpu -msim
-memregs=number
M680x0 Options -m68000 -m68020 -m68020-40 -m68020-60
-m68030 -m68040 -m68060 -mcpu32 -m5200 -mcfv4e -m68881
-mbitfield -mc68000 -mc68020 -mnobitfield -mrtd -mshort
-msoft-float -mpcrel -malign-int -mstrict-align -msep-data
-mno-sep-data -mshared-library-id=n -mid-shared-library
-mno-id-shared-library
M68hc1x Options -m6811 -m6812 -m68hc11 -m68hc12
-m68hcs12 -mauto-incdec -minmax -mlong-calls -mshort
-msoft-reg-count=count
MCore Options -mhardlit -mno-hardlit -mdiv -mno-div
-mrelax-immediates -mno-relax-immediates -mwide-bitfields
-mno-wide-bitfields -m4byte-functions -mno-4byte-functions
-mcallgraph-data -mno-callgraph-data -mslow-bytes -mno-slow-bytes
-mno-lsim -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -m210 -m340
-mstack-increment
MIPS Options -EL -EB -march=arch
-mtune=arch -mips1 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4 -mips32
-mips32r2 -mips64 -mips16 -mno-mips16 -mabi=abi
-mabicalls -mno-abicalls -mshared -mno-shared -mxgot -mno-xgot
-mgp32 -mgp64 -mfp32 -mfp64 -mhard-float -msoft-float
-msingle-float -mdouble-float -mdsp -mpaired-single -mips3d
-mlong64 -mlong32 -msym32 -mno-sym32 -Gnum
-membedded-data -mno-embedded-data -muninit-const-in-rodata
-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata -msplit-addresses
-mno-split-addresses -mexplicit-relocs -mno-explicit-relocs
-mcheck-zero-division -mno-check-zero-division -mdivide-traps
-mdivide-breaks -mmemcpy -mno-memcpy -mlong-calls
-mno-long-calls -mmad -mno-mad -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd
-nocpp -mfix-r4000 -mno-fix-r4000 -mfix-r4400 -mno-fix-r4400
-mfix-vr4120 -mno-fix-vr4120 -mfix-vr4130 -mfix-sb1
-mno-fix-sb1 -mflush-func=func -mno-flush-func
-mbranch-likely -mno-branch-likely -mfp-exceptions
-mno-fp-exceptions -mvr4130-align -mno-vr4130-align
MMIX Options -mlibfuncs -mno-libfuncs -mepsilon
-mno-epsilon -mabi=gnu -mabi=mmixware -mzero-extend -mknuthdiv
-mtoplevel-symbols -melf -mbranch-predict -mno-branch-predict
-mbase-addresses -mno-base-addresses -msingle-exit
-mno-single-exit
MN10300 Options -mmult-bug -mno-mult-bug
-mam33 -mno-am33 -mam33-2 -mno-am33-2
-mreturn-pointer-on-d0 -mno-crt0 -mrelax
MT Options -mno-crt0 -mbacc -msim
-march=cpu-type
PDP-11 Options -mfpu -msoft-float -mac0 -mno-ac0
-m40 -m45 -m10 -mbcopy -mbcopy-builtin -mint32 -mno-int16
-mint16 -mno-int32 -mfloat32 -mno-float64 -mfloat64
-mno-float32 -mabshi -mno-abshi -mbranch-expensive
-mbranch-cheap -msplit -mno-split -munix-asm -mdec-asm
PowerPC Options See RS/6000 and PowerPC Options.
RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
-mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type -mpower
-mno-power -mpower2 -mno-power2 -mpowerpc -mpowerpc64
-mno-powerpc -maltivec -mno-altivec -mpowerpc-gpopt
-mno-powerpc-gpopt -mpowerpc-gfxopt -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
-mmfcrf -mno-mfcrf -mpopcntb -mno-popcntb -mfprnd -mno-fprnd
-mnew-mnemonics -mold-mnemonics -mfull-toc -mminimal-toc
-mno-fp-in-toc -mno-sum-in-toc -m64 -m32 -mxl-compat
-mno-xl-compat -mpe -malign-power -malign-natural
-msoft-float -mhard-float -mmultiple -mno-multiple -mstring
-mno-string -mupdate -mno-update -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd
-mbit-align -mno-bit-align -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align
-mrelocatable -mno-relocatable -mrelocatable-lib
-mno-relocatable-lib -mtoc -mno-toc -mlittle -mlittle-endian
-mbig -mbig-endian -mdynamic-no-pic -maltivec -mswdiv
-mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority
-msched-costly-dep=dependence_type
-minsert-sched-nops=scheme -mcall-sysv
-mcall-netbsd -maix-struct-return -msvr4-struct-return
-mabi=abi-type -msecure-plt -mbss-plt -misel
-mno-isel -misel=yes -misel=no -mspe -mno-spe
-mspe=yes -mspe=no -mvrsave -mno-vrsave -mmulhw
-mno-mulhw -mdlmzb -mno-dlmzb -mfloat-gprs=yes
-mfloat-gprs=no -mfloat-gprs=single -mfloat-gprs=double
-mprototype -mno-prototype -msim -mmvme -mads -myellowknife
-memb -msdata -msdata=opt -mvxworks -mwindiss
-G num -pthread
S/390 and zSeries Options -mtune=cpu-type
-march=cpu-type -mhard-float -msoft-float
-mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-128 -mbackchain -mno-backchain
-mpacked-stack -mno-packed-stack -msmall-exec -mno-small-exec
-mmvcle -mno-mvcle -m64 -m31 -mdebug -mno-debug -mesa -mzarch
-mtpf-trace -mno-tpf-trace -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd
-mwarn-framesize -mwarn-dynamicstack -mstack-size
-mstack-guard
Score Options -meb -mel -mnhwloop
-muls -mmac -mscore5 -mscore5u -mscore7
-mscore7d
SH Options -m1 -m2 -m2e -m3 -m3e -m4-nofpu
-m4-single-only -m4-single -m4 -m4a-nofpu -m4a-single-only
-m4a-single -m4a -m4al -m5-64media -m5-64media-nofpu
-m5-32media -m5-32media-nofpu -m5-compact
-m5-compact-nofpu -mb -ml -mdalign -mrelax -mbigtable
-mfmovd -mhitachi -mrenesas -mno-renesas -mnomacsave -mieee
-misize -mpadstruct -mspace -mprefergot -musermode
-multcost=number -mdiv=strategy
-mdivsi3_libfunc=name -madjust-unroll
-mindexed-addressing -mgettrcost=number -mpt-fixed
-minvalid-symbols
SPARC Options -mcpu=cpu-type
-mtune=cpu-type -mcmodel=code-model -m32
-m64 -mapp-regs -mno-app-regs -mfaster-structs
-mno-faster-structs -mfpu -mno-fpu -mhard-float -msoft-float
-mhard-quad-float -msoft-quad-float -mimpure-text
-mno-impure-text -mlittle-endian -mstack-bias -mno-stack-bias
-munaligned-doubles -mno-unaligned-doubles -mv8plus
-mno-v8plus -mvis -mno-vis -threads -pthreads -pthread
System V Options -Qy -Qn -YP,paths
-Ym,dir
TMS320C3x/C4x Options -mcpu=cpu -mbig
-msmall -mregparm -mmemparm -mfast-fix -mmpyi -mbk -mti
-mdp-isr-reload -mrpts=count -mrptb -mdb
-mloop-unsigned -mparallel-insns -mparallel-mpy
-mpreserve-float
V850 Options -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mep
-mno-ep -mprolog-function -mno-prolog-function -mspace
-mtda=n -msda=n -mzda=n
-mapp-regs -mno-app-regs -mdisable-callt
-mno-disable-callt -mv850e1 -mv850e -mv850
-mbig-switch
VAX Options -mg -mgnu -munix
x86-64 Options See i386 and x86-64 Options.
Xstormy16 Options -msim
Xtensa Options -mconst16 -mno-const16
-mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mtext-section-literals
-mno-text-section-literals -mtarget-align -mno-target-align
-mlongcalls -mno-longcalls
zSeries Options See S/390 and zSeries Options.
- Code Generation
Options
- -fcall-saved-reg -fcall-used-reg
-ffixed-reg -fexceptions -fnon-call-exceptions
-funwind-tables -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
-finhibit-size-directive -finstrument-functions -fno-common
-fno-ident -fpcc-struct-return -fpic -fPIC -fpie -fPIE
-fno-jump-tables -freg-struct-return -fshort-enums
-fshort-double -fshort-wchar -fverbose-asm
-fpack-struct[=n] -fstack-check
-fstack-limit-register=reg
-fstack-limit-symbol=sym -fargument-alias
-fargument-noalias -fargument-noalias-global
-fargument-noalias-anything -fleading-underscore
-ftls-model=model -ftrapv -fwrapv -fbounds-check
-fvisibility
Options Controlling the Kind of Output
Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing,
compilation proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. GCC is
capable of preprocessing and compiling several files either into several
assembler input files, or into one assembler input file; then each assembler
input file produces an object file, and linking combines all the object
files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input) into an
executable file.
For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what
kind of compilation is done:
- file.c
- C source code which must be preprocessed.
- file.i
- C source code which should not be preprocessed.
- file.ii
- C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.
- file.m
- Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the libobjc
library to make an Objective-C program work.
- file.mi
- Objective-C source code which should not be preprocessed.
- file.mm
- file.M
- Objective-C++ source code. Note that you must link with the libobjc
library to make an Objective-C++ program work. Note that .M refers
to a literal capital M.
- file.mii
- Objective-C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.
- file.h
- C, C++, Objective-C or Objective-C++ header file to be turned into a
precompiled header.
- file.cc
- file.cp
- file.cxx
- file.cpp
- file.CPP
- file.c++
- file.C
- C++ source code which must be preprocessed. Note that in .cxx, the
last two letters must both be literally x. Likewise, .C
refers to a literal capital C.
- file.mm
- file.M
- Objective-C++ source code which must be preprocessed.
- file.mii
- Objective-C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.
- file.hh
- file.H
- C++ header file to be turned into a precompiled header.
- file.f
- file.for
- file.FOR
- Fixed form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
- file.F
- file.fpp
- file.FPP
- Fixed form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the
traditional preprocessor).
- file.f90
- file.f95
- Free form Fortran source code which should not be preprocessed.
- file.F90
- file.F95
- Free form Fortran source code which must be preprocessed (with the
traditional preprocessor).
- file.ads
- Ada source code file which contains a library unit declaration (a
declaration of a package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic
instantiation), or a library unit renaming declaration (a package,
generic, or subprogram renaming declaration). Such files are also called
specs.
- file.adb
- Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram or
package body). Such files are also called bodies.
- file.s
- Assembler code.
- file.S
- Assembler code which must be preprocessed.
- other
- An object file to be fed straight into linking. Any file name with no
recognized suffix is treated this way.
You can specify the input language explicitly with the -x
option:
- -x language
- Specify explicitly the language for the following input files
(rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file name
suffix). This option applies to all following input files until the next
-x option. Possible values for language are:
c c-header c-cpp-output
c++ c++-header c++-cpp-output
objective-c objective-c-header objective-c-cpp-output
objective-c++ objective-c++-header objective-c++-cpp-output
assembler assembler-with-cpp
ada
f95 f95-cpp-input
java
treelang
- -x none
- Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if -x
has not been used at all).
- -pass-exit-codes
- Normally the gcc program will exit with the code of 1 if any phase
of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
-pass-exit-codes, the gcc program will instead return with
numerically highest error produced by any phase that returned an error
indication. The C, C++, and Fortran frontends return 4, if an internal
compiler error is encountered.
If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
-x (or filename suffixes) to tell gcc where to start, and one
of the options -c, -S, or -E to say where gcc is
to stop. Note that some combinations (for example, -x cpp-output -E)
instruct gcc to do nothing at all.
- -c
- Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking stage
simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an object file
for each source file.
By default, the object file name for a source file is made by
replacing the suffix .c, .i, .s, etc., with
.o.
Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or
assembly, are ignored.
- -S
- Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output is
in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input file
specified.
By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made
by replacing the suffix .c, .i, etc., with .s.
Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
- -E
- Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
standard output.
Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.
- -o file
- Place output in file file. This applies regardless to whatever sort
of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file, an object
file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
If -o is not specified, the default is to put an
executable file in a.out, the object file for
source.suffix in
source.o, its assembler file in
source.s, a precompiled header file in
source.suffix.gch, and all
preprocessed C source on standard output.
- -v
- Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
- -###
- Like -v except the commands are not executed and all command
arguments are quoted. This is useful for shell scripts to capture the
driver-generated command lines.
- -pipe
- Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has no
trouble.
- -combine
- If you are compiling multiple source files, this option tells the driver
to pass all the source files to the compiler at once (for those languages
for which the compiler can handle this). This will allow intermodule
analysis (IMA) to be performed by the compiler. Currently the only
language for which this is supported is C. If you pass source files for
multiple languages to the driver, using this option, the driver will
invoke the compiler(s) that support IMA once each, passing each compiler
all the source files appropriate for it. For those languages that do not
support IMA this option will be ignored, and the compiler will be invoked
once for each source file in that language. If you use this option in
conjunction with -save-temps, the compiler will generate multiple
pre-processed files (one for each source file), but only one (combined)
.o or .s file.
- --help
- Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line options
understood by gcc. If the -v option is also specified then
--help will also be passed on to the various processes invoked by
gcc, so that they can display the command line options they accept.
If the -Wextra option is also specified then command line options
which have no documentation associated with them will also be
displayed.
- --target-help
- Print (on the standard output) a description of target specific command
line options for each tool.
- --version
- Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked GCC.
- @file
- Read command-line options from file. The options read are inserted
in place of the original @file option. If file does not
exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated literally, and
not removed.
Options in file are separated by whitespace. A
whitespace character may be included in an option by surrounding the
entire option in either single or double quotes. Any character
(including a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be
included with a backslash. The file may itself contain additional
@file options; any such options will be processed recursively.
Compiling C++ Programs
C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes .C,
.cc, .cpp, .CPP, .c++, .cp, or
.cxx; C++ header files often use .hh or .H; and
preprocessed C++ files use the suffix .ii. GCC recognizes files with
these names and compiles them as C++ programs even if you call the compiler
the same way as for compiling C programs (usually with the name
gcc).
However, the use of gcc does not add the C++ library.
g++ is a program that calls GCC and treats .c, .h and
.i files as C++ source files instead of C source files unless
-x is used, and automatically specifies linking against the C++
library. This program is also useful when precompiling a C header file with
a .h extension for use in C++ compilations. On many systems,
g++ is also installed with the name c++.
When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same
command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any language; or
command-line options meaningful for C and related languages; or options that
are meaningful only for C++ programs.
Options Controlling C Dialect
The following options control the dialect of C (or languages
derived from C, such as C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++) that the
compiler accepts:
- -ansi
- In C mode, support all ISO C90 programs. In C++ mode, remove GNU
extensions that conflict with ISO C++.
This turns off certain features of GCC that are incompatible
with ISO C90 (when compiling C code), or of standard C++ (when compiling
C++ code), such as the "asm" and
"typeof" keywords, and predefined
macros such as "unix" and
"vax" that identify the type of system
you are using. It also enables the undesirable and rarely used ISO
trigraph feature. For the C compiler, it disables recognition of C++
style // comments as well as the
"inline" keyword.
The alternate keywords
"__asm__",
"__extension__",
"__inline__" and
"__typeof__" continue to work despite
-ansi. You would not want to use them in an ISO C program, of
course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be
included in compilations done with -ansi. Alternate predefined
macros such as "__unix__" and
"__vax__" are also available, with or
without -ansi.
The -ansi option does not cause non-ISO programs to be
rejected gratuitously. For that, -pedantic is required in
addition to -ansi.
The macro "__STRICT_ANSI__"
is predefined when the -ansi option is used. Some header files
may notice this macro and refrain from declaring certain functions or
defining certain macros that the ISO standard doesn't call for; this is
to avoid interfering with any programs that might use these names for
other things.
Functions which would normally be built in but do not have
semantics defined by ISO C (such as
"alloca" and
"ffs") are not built-in functions with
-ansi is used.
- -std=
- Determine the language standard. This option is currently only supported
when compiling C or C++. A value for this option must be provided;
possible values are
- c89
- iso9899:1990
- ISO C90 (same as -ansi).
- iso9899:199409
- ISO C90 as modified in amendment 1.
- c99
- c9x
- iso9899:1999
- iso9899:199x
- ISO C99. Note that this standard is not yet fully supported; see
<http://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-4.2/c99status.html> for more
information. The names c9x and iso9899:199x are
deprecated.
- gnu89
- Default, ISO C90 plus GNU extensions (including some C99 features).
- gnu99
- gnu9x
- ISO C99 plus GNU extensions. When ISO C99 is fully implemented in GCC,
this will become the default. The name gnu9x is deprecated.
- c++98
- The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.
- gnu++98
- The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions. This is the default for
C++ code.
Even when this option is not specified, you can still use some of
the features of newer standards in so far as they do not conflict with
previous C standards. For example, you may use
"__restrict__" even when -std=c99
is not specified.
The -std options specifying some version of ISO C have the
same effects as -ansi, except that features that were not in ISO C90
but are in the specified version (for example, // comments and the
"inline" keyword in ISO C99) are not
disabled.
- -fgnu89-inline
- The option -fgnu89-inline tells GCC to use the traditional GNU
semantics for "inline" functions when in
C99 mode.
Using this option is roughly equivalent to adding the
"gnu_inline" function attribute to all
inline functions.
This option is accepted by GCC versions 4.1.3 and up. In GCC
versions prior to 4.3, C99 inline semantics are not supported, and thus
this option is effectively assumed to be present regardless of whether
or not it is specified; the only effect of specifying it explicitly is
to disable warnings about using inline functions in C99 mode. Likewise,
the option -fno-gnu89-inline is not supported in versions of GCC
before 4.3. It will be supported only in C99 or gnu99 mode, not in C89
or gnu89 mode.
The preprocesor macros
"__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__" and
"__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__" may be used to
check which semantics are in effect for
"inline" functions.
- -aux-info
filename
- Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all functions
declared and/or defined in a translation unit, including those in header
files. This option is silently ignored in any language other than C.
Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the
origin of each declaration (source file and line), whether the
declaration was implicit, prototyped or unprototyped (I, N
for new or O for old, respectively, in the first character after
the line number and the colon), and whether it came from a declaration
or a definition (C or F, respectively, in the following
character). In the case of function definitions, a K&R-style list of
arguments followed by their declarations is also provided, inside
comments, after the declaration.
- -fno-asm
- Do not recognize "asm",
"inline" or
"typeof" as a keyword, so that code can
use these words as identifiers. You can use the keywords
"__asm__",
"__inline__" and
"__typeof__" instead. -ansi
implies -fno-asm.
In C++, this switch only affects the
"typeof" keyword, since
"asm" and
"inline" are standard keywords. You
may want to use the -fno-gnu-keywords flag instead, which has the
same effect. In C99 mode (-std=c99 or -std=gnu99), this
switch only affects the "asm" and
"typeof" keywords, since
"inline" is a standard keyword in ISO
C99.
- -fno-builtin
- -fno-builtin-function
- Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with
__builtin_ as prefix.
GCC normally generates special code to handle certain built-in
functions more efficiently; for instance, calls to
"alloca" may become single
instructions that adjust the stack directly, and calls to
"memcpy" may become inline copy loops.
The resulting code is often both smaller and faster, but since the
function calls no longer appear as such, you cannot set a breakpoint on
those calls, nor can you change the behavior of the functions by linking
with a different library. In addition, when a function is recognized as
a built-in function, GCC may use information about that function to warn
about problems with calls to that function, or to generate more
efficient code, even if the resulting code still contains calls to that
function. For example, warnings are given with -Wformat for bad
calls to "printf", when
"printf" is built in, and
"strlen" is known not to modify global
memory.
With the -fno-builtin-function option only the
built-in function function is disabled. function must not
begin with __builtin_. If a function is named this is not
built-in in this version of GCC, this option is ignored. There is no
corresponding -fbuiltin-function option; if you wish to
enable built-in functions selectively when using -fno-builtin or
-ffreestanding, you may define macros such as:
#define abs(n) __builtin_abs ((n))
#define strcpy(d, s) __builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))
- -fhosted
- Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
-fbuiltin. A hosted environment is one in which the entire standard
library is available, and in which
"main" has a return type of
"int". Examples are nearly everything
except a kernel. This is equivalent to -fno-freestanding.
- -ffreestanding
- Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
implies -fno-builtin. A freestanding environment is one in which
the standard library may not exist, and program startup may not
necessarily be at "main". The most
obvious example is an OS kernel. This is equivalent to
-fno-hosted.
- -fopenmp
- Enable handling of OpenMP directives "#pragma
omp" in C/C++ and "!$omp" in
Fortran. When -fopenmp is specified, the compiler generates
parallel code according to the OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5
<http://www.openmp.org/>.
- -fms-extensions
- Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.
Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only
accepted with this option.
- -trigraphs
- Support ISO C trigraphs. The -ansi option (and -std options
for strict ISO C conformance) implies -trigraphs.
- -no-integrated-cpp
- Performs a compilation in two passes: preprocessing and compiling. This
option allows a user supplied "cc1", "cc1plus", or
"cc1obj" via the -B option. The user supplied compilation
step can then add in an additional preprocessing step after normal
preprocessing but before compiling. The default is to use the integrated
cpp (internal cpp)
The semantics of this option will change if "cc1",
"cc1plus", and "cc1obj" are merged.
- -traditional
- -traditional-cpp
- Formerly, these options caused GCC to attempt to emulate a pre-standard C
compiler. They are now only supported with the -E switch. The
preprocessor continues to support a pre-standard mode. See the GNU CPP
manual for details.
- -fcond-mismatch
- Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option is
not supported for C++.
- -funsigned-char
- Let the type "char" be unsigned, like
"unsigned char".
Each kind of machine has a default for what
"char" should be. It is either like
"unsigned char" by default or like
"signed char" by default.
Ideally, a portable program should always use
"signed char" or
"unsigned char" when it depends on the
signedness of an object. But many programs have been written to use
plain "char" and expect it to be
signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the machines they were
written for. This option, and its inverse, let you make such a program
work with the opposite default.
The type "char" is always a
distinct type from each of "signed
char" or "unsigned char",
even though its behavior is always just like one of those two.
- -fsigned-char
- Let the type "char" be signed, like
"signed char".
Note that this is equivalent to -fno-unsigned-char,
which is the negative form of -funsigned-char. Likewise, the
option -fno-signed-char is equivalent to
-funsigned-char.
- -fsigned-bitfields
- -funsigned-bitfields
- -fno-signed-bitfields
- -fno-unsigned-bitfields
- These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned, when the
declaration does not use either "signed"
or "unsigned". By default, such a
bit-field is signed, because this is consistent: the basic integer types
such as "int" are signed types.
Options Controlling C++ Dialect
This section describes the command-line options that are only
meaningful for C++ programs; but you can also use most of the GNU compiler
options regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
might compile a file "firstClass.C" like
this:
g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C
In this example, only -frepo is an option meant only for
C++ programs; you can use the other options with any language supported by
GCC.
Here is a list of options that are only for compiling C++
programs:
- -fabi-version=n
- Use version n of the C++ ABI. Version 2 is the version of the C++
ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.4. Version 1 is the version of the C++
ABI that first appeared in G++ 3.2. Version 0 will always be the version
that conforms most closely to the C++ ABI specification. Therefore, the
ABI obtained using version 0 will change as ABI bugs are fixed.
The default is version 2.
- -fno-access-control
- Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
around bugs in the access control code.
- -fcheck-new
- Check that the pointer returned by "operator
new" is non-null before attempting to modify the storage
allocated. This check is normally unnecessary because the C++ standard
specifies that "operator new" will only
return 0 if it is declared
throw(), in which case the compiler will
always check the return value even without this option. In all other
cases, when "operator new" has a
non-empty exception specification, memory exhaustion is signalled by
throwing "std::bad_alloc". See also
new (nothrow).
- -fconserve-space
- Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the common
segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the cost of not
diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this flag and your
program mysteriously crashes after
"main()" has completed, you may have an
object that is being destroyed twice because two definitions were merged.
This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that
support has been added for putting variables into BSS without making
them common.
- -ffriend-injection
- Inject friend functions into the enclosing namespace, so that they are
visible outside the scope of the class in which they are declared. Friend
functions were documented to work this way in the old Annotated C++
Reference Manual, and versions of G++ before 4.1 always worked that way.
However, in ISO C++ a friend function which is not declared in an
enclosing scope can only be found using argument dependent lookup. This
option causes friends to be injected as they were in earlier releases.
This option is for compatibility, and may be removed in a
future release of G++.
- -fno-elide-constructors
- The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
which is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces G++ to call
the copy constructor in all cases.
- -fno-enforce-eh-specs
- Don't generate code to check for violation of exception specifications at
runtime. This option violates the C++ standard, but may be useful for
reducing code size in production builds, much like defining NDEBUG.
This does not give user code permission to throw exceptions in violation
of the exception specifications; the compiler will still optimize based on
the specifications, so throwing an unexpected exception will result in
undefined behavior.
- -ffor-scope
- -fno-for-scope
- If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in a
for-init-statement is limited to the for loop itself, as
specified by the C++ standard. If -fno-for-scope is specified, the
scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement extends to the
end of the enclosing scope, as was the case in old versions of G++, and
other (traditional) implementations of C++.
The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would otherwise
be invalid, or have different behavior.
- -fno-gnu-keywords
- Do not recognize "typeof" as a keyword,
so that code can use this word as an identifier. You can use the keyword
"__typeof__" instead. -ansi
implies -fno-gnu-keywords.
- -fno-implicit-templates
- Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated implicitly
(i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
- -fno-implicit-inline-templates
- Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
without optimization will need the same set of explicit
instantiations.
- -fno-implement-inlines
- To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
controlled by #pragma implementation. This will cause linker errors
if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
- -fms-extensions
- Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in MFC, such as implicit
int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.
- -fno-nonansi-builtins
- Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by
ANSI/ISO C. These include "ffs",
"alloca",
"_exit",
"index",
"bzero",
"conjf", and other related
functions.
- -fno-operator-names
- Do not treat the operator name keywords
"and",
"bitand",
"bitor",
"compl",
"not",
"or" and
"xor" as synonyms as keywords.
- -fno-optional-diags
- Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for a
name having multiple meanings within a class.
- -fpermissive
- Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to
warnings. Thus, using -fpermissive will allow some nonconforming
code to compile.
- -frepo
- Enable automatic template instantiation at link time. This option also
implies -fno-implicit-templates.
- -fno-rtti
- Disable generation of information about every class with virtual functions
for use by the C++ runtime type identification features
(dynamic_cast and typeid). If you don't use those parts of
the language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
exception handling uses the same information, but it will generate it as
needed. The dynamic_cast operator can still be used for casts that
do not require runtime type information, i.e. casts to
"void *" or to unambiguous base
classes.
- -fstats
- Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation.
This information is generally only useful to the G++ development
team.
- -ftemplate-depth-n
- Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to n. A
limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect endless
recursions during template class instantiation. ANSI/ISO C++ conforming
programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17.
- -fno-threadsafe-statics
- Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the C++ ABI
for thread-safe initialization of local statics. You can use this option
to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn't need to be
thread-safe.
- -fuse-cxa-atexit
- Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the
"__cxa_atexit" function rather than the
"atexit" function. This option is
required for fully standards-compliant handling of static destructors, but
will only work if your C library supports
"__cxa_atexit".
- -fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr
- Don't use the "__cxa_get_exception_ptr"
runtime routine. This will cause
"std::uncaught_exception" to be
incorrect, but is necessary if the runtime routine is not available.
- -fvisibility-inlines-hidden
- This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare pointers to
inline methods where the addresses of the two functions were taken in
different shared objects.
The effect of this is that GCC may, effectively, mark inline
methods with "__attribute__ ((visibility
("hidden")))" so that they do not appear in the
export table of a DSO and do not require a PLT indirection when used
within the DSO. Enabling this option can have a dramatic effect on load
and link times of a DSO as it massively reduces the size of the dynamic
export table when the library makes heavy use of templates.
The behaviour of this switch is not quite the same as marking
the methods as hidden directly, because it does not affect static
variables local to the function or cause the compiler to deduce that the
function is defined in only one shared object.
You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to
negate the effect of the switch for that method. For example, if you do
want to compare pointers to a particular inline method, you might mark
it as having default visibility. Marking the enclosing class with
explicit visibility will have no effect.
Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this
option as their linkage might otherwise cross a shared library
boundary.
- -fno-weak
- Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the linker. By
default, G++ will use weak symbols if they are available. This option
exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-users; it will
result in inferior code and has no benefits. This option may be removed in
a future release of G++.
- -nostdinc++
- Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
C++, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is
used when building the C++ library.)
In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation
options have meanings only for C++ programs:
- -fno-default-inline
- Do not assume inline for functions defined inside a class scope.
Note that these functions will have linkage like inline functions; they
just won't be inlined by default.
- -Wabi (C++
only)
- Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with the
vendor-neutral C++ ABI. Although an effort has been made to warn about all
such cases, there are probably some cases that are not warned about, even
though G++ is generating incompatible code. There may also be cases where
warnings are emitted even though the code that is generated will be
compatible.
You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you
are concerned about the fact that code generated by G++ may not be
binary compatible with code generated by other compilers.
The known incompatibilities at this point include:
- Incorrect handling of tail-padding for bit-fields. G++ may attempt to pack
data into the same byte as a base class. For example:
struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; };
struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };
In this case, G++ will place
"B::f2" into the same byte
as"A::f1"; other compilers will not.
You can avoid this problem by explicitly padding
"A" so that its size is a multiple of
the byte size on your platform; that will cause G++ and other compilers
to layout "B" identically.
- Incorrect handling of tail-padding for virtual bases. G++ does not use
tail padding when laying out virtual bases. For example:
struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; };
struct B { B(); char c2; };
struct C : public A, public virtual B {};
In this case, G++ will not place
"B" into the tail-padding for
"A"; other compilers will. You can
avoid this problem by explicitly padding
"A" so that its size is a multiple of
its alignment (ignoring virtual base classes); that will cause G++ and
other compilers to layout "C"
identically.
- Incorrect handling of bit-fields with declared widths greater than that of
their underlying types, when the bit-fields appear in a union. For
example:
union U { int i : 4096; };
Assuming that an "int" does
not have 4096 bits, G++ will make the union too small by the number of
bits in an "int".
- Empty classes can be placed at incorrect offsets. For example:
struct A {};
struct B {
A a;
virtual void f ();
};
struct C : public B, public A {};
G++ will place the "A" base
class of "C" at a nonzero offset; it
should be placed at offset zero. G++ mistakenly believes that the
"A" data member of
"B" is already at offset zero.
- Names of template functions whose types involve
"typename" or template template
parameters can be mangled incorrectly.
template <typename Q>
void f(typename Q::X) {}
template <template <typename> class Q>
void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}
Instantiations of these templates may be mangled
incorrectly.
- -Wctor-dtor-privacy
(C++ only)
- Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or
destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends nor
public static member functions.
- -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++
only)
- Warn when a class appears to be polymorphic, thereby requiring a virtual
destructor, yet it declares a non-virtual one. This warning is also
enabled if -Weffc++ is specified.
- -Wreorder (C++
only)
- Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
struct A {
int i;
int j;
A(): j (0), i (1) { }
};
The compiler will rearrange the member initializers for
i and j to match the declaration order of the members,
emitting a warning to that effect. This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
The following -W... options are not affected by
-Wall.
- -Weffc++ (C++
only)
- Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
Effective C++ book:
- Item 11: Define a copy constructor and an assignment operator for classes
with dynamically allocated memory.
- Item 12: Prefer initialization to assignment in constructors.
- Item 14: Make destructors virtual in base classes.
- Item 15: Have "operator=" return a
reference to *this.
- Item 23: Don't try to return a reference when you must return an
object.
Also warn about violations of the following style guidelines from
Scott Meyers' More Effective C++ book:
- Item 6: Distinguish between prefix and postfix forms of increment and
decrement operators.
- Item 7: Never overload "&&",
"⎪⎪", or
",".
When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library
headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use grep -v to filter
out those warnings.
- -Wno-deprecated (C++
only)
- Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.
- -Wstrict-null-sentinel
(C++ only)
- Warn also about the use of an uncasted
"NULL" as sentinel. When compiling only
with GCC this is a valid sentinel, as
"NULL" is defined to
"__null". Although it is a null pointer
constant not a null pointer, it is guaranteed to of the same size as a
pointer. But this use is not portable across different compilers.
- -Wno-non-template-friend
(C++ only)
- Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared within
a template. Since the advent of explicit template specification support in
G++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (i.e., friend
foo(int)), the C++ language specification demands that the friend
declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section 14.5.3).
Before G++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids could be
interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized function.
Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default behavior for
G++, -Wnon-template-friend allows the compiler to check existing
code for potential trouble spots and is on by default. This new compiler
behavior can be turned off with -Wno-non-template-friend which
keeps the conformant compiler code but disables the helpful warning.
- -Wold-style-cast (C++
only)
- Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type is used within a
C++ program. The new-style casts (dynamic_cast, static_cast,
reinterpret_cast, and const_cast) are less vulnerable to
unintended effects and much easier to search for.
- -Woverloaded-virtual
(C++ only)
- Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a base
class. For example, in:
struct A {
virtual void f();
};
struct B: public A {
void f(int);
};
the "A" class version of
"f" is hidden in
"B", and code like:
B* b;
b->f();
will fail to compile.
- -Wno-pmf-conversions
(C++ only)
- Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
to a plain pointer.
- -Wsign-promo (C++
only)
- Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned type of
the same size. Previous versions of G++ would try to preserve
unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
struct A {
operator int ();
A& operator = (int);
};
main ()
{
A a,b;
a = b;
}
In this example, G++ will synthesize a default A&
operator = (const A&);, while cfront will use the
user-defined operator =.
Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective-C++
Dialects
(NOTE: This manual does not describe the Objective-C and
Objective-C++ languages themselves. See
This section describes the command-line options that are only
meaningful for Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs, but you can also use
most of the language-independent GNU compiler options. For example, you
might compile a file "some_class.m" like
this:
gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m
In this example, -fgnu-runtime is an option meant only for
Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs; you can use the other options with
any language supported by GCC.
Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language,
Objective-C compilations may also use options specific to the C front-end
(e.g., -Wtraditional). Similarly, Objective-C++ compilations may use
C++-specific options (e.g., -Wabi).
Here is a list of options that are only for compiling
Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs:
- -fconstant-string-class=class-name
- Use class-name as the name of the class to instantiate for each
literal string specified with the syntax
"@"..."". The default class
name is "NXConstantString" if the GNU
runtime is being used, and
"NSConstantString" if the NeXT runtime
is being used (see below). The -fconstant-cfstrings option, if also
present, will override the -fconstant-string-class setting and
cause "@"..."" literals to be
laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings.
- -fgnu-runtime
- Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C runtime.
This is the default for most types of systems.
- -fnext-runtime
- Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the default for
NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac OS X. The macro
"__NEXT_RUNTIME__" is predefined if (and
only if) this option is used.
- -fno-nil-receivers
- Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches (e.g.,
"[receiver message:arg]") in this
translation unit ensure that the receiver is not
"nil". This allows for more efficient
entry points in the runtime to be used. Currently, this option is only
available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.3 and
later.
- -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
- For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables is a
C++ object with a non-trivial default constructor. If so, synthesize a
special "- (id) .cxx_construct" instance
method that will run non-trivial default constructors on any such instance
variables, in order, and then return
"self". Similarly, check if any instance
variable is a C++ object with a non-trivial destructor, and if so,
synthesize a special "- (void)
.cxx_destruct" method that will run all such default
destructors, in reverse order.
The "- (id) .cxx_construct"
and/or "- (void) .cxx_destruct"
methods thusly generated will only operate on instance variables
declared in the current Objective-C class, and not those inherited from
superclasses. It is the responsibility of the Objective-C runtime to
invoke all such methods in an object's inheritance hierarchy. The
"- (id) .cxx_construct" methods will
be invoked by the runtime immediately after a new object instance is
allocated; the "- (void)
.cxx_destruct" methods will be invoked immediately before
the runtime deallocates an object instance.
As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.4 and
later has support for invoking the "- (id)
.cxx_construct" and "- (void)
.cxx_destruct" methods.
- -fobjc-direct-dispatch
- Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher. On Darwin this is accomplished
via the comm page.
- -fobjc-exceptions
- Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in Objective-C,
similar to what is offered by C++ and Java. This option is unavailable in
conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.2 and earlier.
@try {
...
@throw expr;
...
}
@catch (AnObjCClass *exc) {
...
@throw expr;
...
@throw;
...
}
@catch (AnotherClass *exc) {
...
}
@catch (id allOthers) {
...
}
@finally {
...
@throw expr;
...
}
The @throw statement may appear
anywhere in an Objective-C or Objective-C++ program; when used inside of
a @catch block, the
@throw may appear without an argument (as shown
above), in which case the object caught by the
@catch will be rethrown.
Note that only (pointers to) Objective-C objects may be thrown
and caught using this scheme. When an object is thrown, it will be
caught by the nearest @catch clause capable of
handling objects of that type, analogously to how
"catch" blocks work in C++ and Java. A
"@catch(id ...)" clause (as shown
above) may also be provided to catch any and all Objective-C exceptions
not caught by previous @catch clauses (if
any).
The @finally clause, if present, will
be executed upon exit from the immediately preceding
"@try ... @catch" section. This will
happen regardless of whether any exceptions are thrown, caught or
rethrown inside the "@try ... @catch"
section, analogously to the behavior of the
"finally" clause in Java.
There are several caveats to using the new exception
mechanism:
- Although currently designed to be binary compatible with
"NS_HANDLER"-style idioms provided by
the "NSException" class, the new
exceptions can only be used on Mac OS X 10.3 (Panther) and later systems,
due to additional functionality needed in the (NeXT) Objective-C
runtime.
- As mentioned above, the new exceptions do not support handling types other
than Objective-C objects. Furthermore, when used from Objective-C++, the
Objective-C exception model does not interoperate with C++ exceptions at
this time. This means you cannot @throw an
exception from Objective-C and "catch"
it in C++, or vice versa (i.e., "throw ...
@catch").
The -fobjc-exceptions switch also enables the use of
synchronization blocks for thread-safe execution:
@synchronized (ObjCClass *guard) {
...
}
Upon entering the @synchronized block, a
thread of execution shall first check whether a lock has been placed on the
corresponding "guard" object by another
thread. If it has, the current thread shall wait until the other thread
relinquishes its lock. Once "guard"
becomes available, the current thread will place its own lock on it, execute
the code contained in the @synchronized block, and
finally relinquish the lock (thereby making
"guard" available to other threads).
Unlike Java, Objective-C does not allow for entire methods to be
marked @synchronized. Note that throwing exceptions
out of @synchronized blocks is allowed, and will
cause the guarding object to be unlocked properly.
- -fobjc-gc
- Enable garbage collection (GC) in Objective-C and Objective-C++
programs.
- -freplace-objc-classes
- Emit a special marker instructing ld(1) not to
statically link in the resulting object file, and allow
dyld(1) to load it in at run time instead.
This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-Continue debugging mode,
where the object file in question may be recompiled and dynamically
reloaded in the course of program execution, without the need to restart
the program itself. Currently, Fix-and-Continue functionality is only
available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.3 and
later.
- -fzero-link
- When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily replaces
calls to
"objc_getClass("...")" (when
the name of the class is known at compile time) with static class
references that get initialized at load time, which improves run-time
performance. Specifying the -fzero-link flag suppresses this
behavior and causes calls to
"objc_getClass("...")" to be
retained. This is useful in Zero-Link debugging mode, since it allows for
individual class implementations to be modified during program
execution.
- -gen-decls
- Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a
file named sourcename.decl.
- -Wassign-intercept
- Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the
garbage collector.
- -Wno-protocol
- If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued for
every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the class. The
default behavior is to issue a warning for every method not explicitly
implemented in the class, even if a method implementation is inherited
from the superclass. If you use the -Wno-protocol option, then
methods inherited from the superclass are considered to be implemented,
and no warning is issued for them.
- -Wselector
- Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector are
found during compilation. The check is performed on the list of methods in
the final stage of compilation. Additionally, a check is performed for
each selector appearing in a
"@selector(...)" expression, and a
corresponding method for that selector has been found during compilation.
Because these checks scan the method table only at the end of compilation,
these warnings are not produced if the final stage of compilation is not
reached, for example because an error is found during compilation, or
because the -fsyntax-only option is being used.
- -Wstrict-selector-match
- Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return types are
found for a given selector when attempting to send a message using this
selector to a receiver of type "id" or
"Class". When this flag is off (which is
the default behavior), the compiler will omit such warnings if any
differences found are confined to types which share the same size and
alignment.
- -Wundeclared-selector
- Warn if a "@selector(...)" expression
referring to an undeclared selector is found. A selector is considered
undeclared if no method with that name has been declared before the
"@selector(...)" expression, either
explicitly in an @interface or
@protocol declaration, or implicitly in an
@implementation section. This option always
performs its checks as soon as a
"@selector(...)" expression is found,
while -Wselector only performs its checks in the final stage of
compilation. This also enforces the coding style convention that methods
and selectors must be declared before being used.
- -print-objc-runtime-info
- Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed by
value, if any.
Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting
Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted
irrespective of the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...). The
options described below can be used to control the diagnostic messages
formatting algorithm, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source
location information should be reported. Right now, only the C++ front end
can honor these options. However it is expected, in the near future, that
the remaining front ends would be able to digest them correctly.
- -fmessage-length=n
- Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about n
characters. The default is 72 characters for g++ and 0 for the rest
of the front ends supported by GCC. If n is zero, then no
line-wrapping will be done; each error message will appear on a single
line.
- -fdiagnostics-show-location=once
- Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages
reporter to emit once source location information; that is, in case
the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to be
wrapped, the source location won't be emitted (as prefix) again, over and
over, in subsequent continuation lines. This is the default behavior.
- -fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line
- Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages
reporter to emit the same source location information (as prefix) for
physical lines that result from the process of breaking a message which is
too long to fit on a single line.
- -fdiagnostics-show-option
- This option instructs the diagnostic machinery to add text to each
diagnostic emitted, which indicates which command line option directly
controls that diagnostic, when such an option is known to the diagnostic
machinery.
Options to Request or Suppress Warnings
Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which
are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there may have
been an error.
You can request many specific warnings with options beginning
-W, for example -Wimplicit to request warnings on implicit
declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a negative
form beginning -Wno- to turn off warnings; for example,
-Wno-implicit. This manual lists only one of the two forms, whichever
is not the default.
The following options control the amount and kinds of warnings
produced by GCC; for further, language-specific options also refer to C++
Dialect Options and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect
Options.
- -fsyntax-only
- Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
- -pedantic
- Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and ISO C++; reject all
programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other programs that do
not follow ISO C and ISO C++. For ISO C, follows the version of the ISO C
standard specified by any -std option used.
Valid ISO C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with
or without this option (though a rare few will require -ansi or a
-std option specifying the required version of ISO C). However,
without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and C++
features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
-pedantic does not cause warning messages for use of
the alternate keywords whose names begin and end with __.
Pedantic warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
"__extension__". However, only system
header files should use these escape routes; application programs should
avoid them.
Some users try to use -pedantic to check programs for
strict ISO C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what
they want: it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all---only those for
which ISO C requires a diagnostic, and some others for which
diagnostics have been added.
A feature to report any failure to conform to ISO C might be
useful in some instances, but would require considerable additional work
and would be quite different from -pedantic. We don't have plans
to support such a feature in the near future.
Where the standard specified with -std represents a GNU
extended dialect of C, such as gnu89 or gnu99, there is a
corresponding base standard, the version of ISO C on which the
GNU extended dialect is based. Warnings from -pedantic are given
where they are required by the base standard. (It would not make sense
for such warnings to be given only for features not in the specified GNU
C dialect, since by definition the GNU dialects of C include all
features the compiler supports with the given option, and there would be
nothing to warn about.)
- -pedantic-errors
- Like -pedantic, except that errors are produced rather than
warnings.
- -w
- Inhibit all warning messages.
- -Wno-import
- Inhibit warning messages about the use of #import.
- -Wchar-subscripts
- Warn if an array subscript has type
"char". This is a common cause of error,
as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some machines.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
- Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /*
comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a // comment.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
- -Wfatal-errors
- This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first error
occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing further error
messages.
- -Wformat
- Check calls to "printf" and
"scanf", etc., to make sure that the
arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string specified,
and that the conversions specified in the format string make sense. This
includes standard functions, and others specified by format attributes, in
the "printf",
"scanf",
"strftime" and
"strfmon" (an X/Open extension, not in
the C standard) families (or other target-specific families). Which
functions are checked without format attributes having been specified
depends on the standard version selected, and such checks of functions
without the attribute specified are disabled by -ffreestanding or
-fno-builtin.
The formats are checked against the format features supported
by GNU libc version 2.2. These include all ISO C90 and C99 features, as
well as features from the Single Unix Specification and some BSD and GNU
extensions. Other library implementations may not support all these
features; GCC does not support warning about features that go beyond a
particular library's limitations. However, if -pedantic is used
with -Wformat, warnings will be given about format features not
in the selected standard version (but not for
"strfmon" formats, since those are not
in any version of the C standard).
Since -Wformat also checks for null format arguments
for several functions, -Wformat also implies
-Wnonnull.
-Wformat is included in -Wall. For more control
over some aspects of format checking, the options -Wformat-y2k,
-Wno-format-extra-args, -Wno-format-zero-length,
-Wformat-nonliteral, -Wformat-security, and
-Wformat=2 are available, but are not included in
-Wall.
- -Wformat-y2k
- If -Wformat is specified, also warn about
"strftime" formats which may yield only
a two-digit year.
- -Wno-format-extra-args
- If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
"printf" or
"scanf" format function. The C standard
specifies that such arguments are ignored.
Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are
specified with $ operand number specifications, normally warnings
are still given, since the implementation could not know what type to
pass to "va_arg" to skip the unused
arguments. However, in the case of
"scanf" formats, this option will
suppress the warning if the unused arguments are all pointers, since the
Single Unix Specification says that such unused arguments are
allowed.
- -Wno-format-zero-length
- If -Wformat is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats.
The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.
- -Wformat-nonliteral
- If -Wformat is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function takes
its format arguments as a
"va_list".
- -Wformat-security
- If -Wformat is specified, also warn about uses of format functions
that represent possible security problems. At present, this warns about
calls to "printf" and
"scanf" functions where the format
string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in
"printf (foo);". This may be a security
hole if the format string came from untrusted input and contains
%n. (This is currently a subset of what -Wformat-nonliteral
warns about, but in future warnings may be added to
-Wformat-security that are not included in
-Wformat-nonliteral.)
- -Wformat=2
- Enable -Wformat plus format checks not included in -Wformat.
Currently equivalent to -Wformat -Wformat-nonliteral
-Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k.
- -Wnonnull
- Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as requiring a
non-null value by the "nonnull" function
attribute.
-Wnonnull is included in -Wall and
-Wformat. It can be disabled with the -Wno-nonnull
option.
- -Winit-self (C, C++,
Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
- Warn about uninitialized variables which are initialized with themselves.
Note this option can only be used with the -Wuninitialized option,
which in turn only works with -O1 and above.
For example, GCC will warn about
"i" being uninitialized in the
following snippet only when -Winit-self has been specified:
int f()
{
int i = i;
return i;
}
- -Wimplicit-int
- Warn when a declaration does not specify a type. This warning is enabled
by -Wall.
- -Wimplicit-function-declaration
- -Werror-implicit-function-declaration
- Give a warning (or error) whenever a function is used before being
declared. The form -Wno-error-implicit-function-declaration is not
supported. This warning is enabled by -Wall (as a warning, not an
error).
- -Wimplicit
- Same as -Wimplicit-int and -Wimplicit-function-declaration.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
- -Wmain
- Warn if the type of main is suspicious. main should be a
function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types. This warning is
enabled by -Wall.
- -Wmissing-braces
- Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In the
following example, the initializer for a is not fully bracketed,
but that for b is fully bracketed.
int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
- -Wmissing-include-dirs
(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)
- Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.
- -Wparentheses
- Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such as when there is
an assignment in a context where a truth value is expected, or when
operators are nested whose precedence people often get confused about.
Only the warning for an assignment used as a truth value is supported when
compiling C++; the other warnings are only supported when compiling C.
Also warn if a comparison like x<=y<=z appears;
this is equivalent to (x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z, which is a
different interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical
notation.
Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to
which "if" statement an
"else" branch belongs. Here is an
example of such a case:
{
if (a)
if (b)
foo ();
else
bar ();
}
In C, every "else" branch
belongs to the innermost possible "if"
statement, which in this example is "if
(b)". This is often not what the programmer expected, as
illustrated in the above example by indentation the programmer chose.
When there is the potential for this confusion, GCC will issue a warning
when this flag is specified. To eliminate the warning, add explicit
braces around the innermost "if"
statement so there is no way the
"else" could belong to the enclosing
"if". The resulting code would look
like this:
{
if (a)
{
if (b)
foo ();
else
bar ();
}
}
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
- -Wsequence-point
- Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations of
sequence point rules in the C and C++ standards.
The C and C++ standards defines the order in which expressions
in a C/C++ program are evaluated in terms of sequence points,
which represent a partial ordering between the execution of parts of the
program: those executed before the sequence point, and those executed
after it. These occur after the evaluation of a full expression (one
which is not part of a larger expression), after the evaluation of the
first operand of a "&&",
"⎪⎪",
"? :" or
"," (comma) operator, before a
function is called (but after the evaluation of its arguments and the
expression denoting the called function), and in certain other places.
Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified. All
these rules describe only a partial order rather than a total order,
since, for example, if two functions are called within one expression
with no sequence point between them, the order in which the functions
are called is not specified. However, the standards committee have ruled
that function calls do not overlap.
It is not specified when between sequence points modifications
to the values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends on
this have undefined behavior; the C and C++ standards specify that
"Between the previous and next sequence point an object shall have
its stored value modified at most once by the evaluation of an
expression. Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to determine
the value to be stored.". If a program breaks these rules, the
results on any particular implementation are entirely unpredictable.
Examples of code with undefined behavior are
"a = a++;",
"a[n] =
b[n++]" and "a[i++] = i;".
Some more complicated cases are not diagnosed by this option, and it may
give an occasional false positive result, but in general it has been
found fairly effective at detecting this sort of problem in
programs.
The standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some
debate over the precise meaning of the sequence point rules in subtle
cases. Links to discussions of the problem, including proposed formal
definitions, may be found on the GCC readings page, at
<http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html>.
This warning is enabled by -Wall for C and C++.
- -Wreturn-type
- Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults to
"int". Also warn about any
"return" statement with no return-value
in a function whose return-type is not
"void".
For C, also warn if the return type of a function has a type
qualifier such as "const". Such a type
qualifier has no effect, since the value returned by a function is not
an lvalue. ISO C prohibits qualified
"void" return types on function
definitions, so such return types always receive a warning even without
this option.
For C++, a function without return type always produces a
diagnostic message, even when -Wno-return-type is specified. The
only exceptions are main and functions defined in system
headers.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
- -Wswitch
- Warn whenever a "switch" statement has
an index of enumerated type and lacks a
"case" for one or more of the named
codes of that enumeration. (The presence of a
"default" label prevents this warning.)
"case" labels outside the enumeration
range also provoke warnings when this option is used. This warning is
enabled by -Wall.
- -Wswitch-default
- Warn whenever a "switch" statement does
not have a "default" case.
- -Wswitch-enum
- Warn whenever a "switch" statement has
an index of enumerated type and lacks a
"case" for one or more of the named
codes of that enumeration. "case" labels
outside the enumeration range also provoke warnings when this option is
used.
- -Wtrigraphs
- Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of the
program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about). This warning is
enabled by -Wall.
- -Wunused-function
- Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
non-inline static function is unused. This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
- -Wunused-label
- Warn whenever a label is declared but not used. This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.
- -Wunused-parameter
- Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.
To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.
- -Wunused-variable
- Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused
aside from its declaration. This warning is enabled by -Wall.
To suppress this warning use the unused attribute.
- -Wunused-value
- Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not used.
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
To suppress this warning cast the expression to
void.
- -Wunused
- All the above -Wunused options combined.
In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter,
you must either specify -Wextra -Wunused (note that -Wall
implies -Wunused), or separately specify
-Wunused-parameter.
- -Wuninitialized
- Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized or
if a variable may be clobbered by a
"setjmp" call.
These warnings are possible only in optimizing compilation,
because they require data flow information that is computed only when
optimizing. If you do not specify -O, you will not get these
warnings. Instead, GCC will issue a warning about -Wuninitialized
requiring -O.
If you want to warn about code which uses the uninitialized
value of the variable in its own initializer, use the -Winit-self
option.
These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered
elements of structure, union or array variables as well as for variables
which are uninitialized or clobbered as a whole. They do not occur for
variables or elements declared
"volatile". Because these warnings
depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements for which there
are warnings will depend on the precise optimization options and version
of GCC used.
Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is
used only to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
are printed.
These warnings are made optional because GCC is not smart
enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct despite
appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how this can
happen:
{
int x;
switch (y)
{
case 1: x = 1;
break;
case 2: x = 4;
break;
case 3: x = 5;
}
foo (x);
}
If the value of "y" is
always 1, 2 or 3, then "x" is always
initialized, but GCC doesn't know this. Here is another common case:
{
int save_y;
if (change_y) save_y = y, y = new_y;
...
if (change_y) y = save_y;
}
This has no bug because
"save_y" is used only if it is
set.
This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable
might be changed by a call to
"longjmp". These warnings as well are
possible only in optimizing compilation.
The compiler sees only the calls to
"setjmp". It cannot know where
"longjmp" will be called; in fact, a
signal handler could call it at any point in the code. As a result, you
may get a warning even when there is in fact no problem because
"longjmp" cannot in fact be called at
the place which would cause a problem.
Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the
functions you use that never return as
"noreturn".
This warning is enabled by -Wall.
- -Wunknown-pragmas
- Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not understood by
GCC. If this command line option is used, warnings will even be issued for
unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if the
warnings were only enabled by the -Wall command line option.
- -Wno-pragmas
- Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters,
invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas. See also
-Wunknown-pragmas.
- -Wstrict-aliasing
- This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active. It
warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that the
compiler is using for optimization. The warning does not catch all cases,
but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It is included in
-Wall.
- -Wstrict-aliasing=2
- This option is only active when -fstrict-aliasing is active. It
warns about code which might break the strict aliasing rules that the
compiler is using for optimization. This warning catches more cases than
-Wstrict-aliasing, but it will also give a warning for some
ambiguous cases that are safe.
- -Wstrict-overflow
- -Wstrict-overflow=n
- This option is only active when -fstrict-overflow is active. It
warns about cases where the compiler optimizes based on the assumption
that signed overflow does not occur. Note that it does not warn about all
cases where the code might overflow: it only warns about cases where the
compiler implements some optimization. Thus this warning depends on the
optimization level.
An optimization which assumes that signed overflow does not
occur is perfectly safe if the values of the variables involved are such
that overflow never does, in fact, occur. Therefore this warning can
easily give a false positive: a warning about code which is not actually
a problem. To help focus on important issues, several warning levels are
defined. No warnings are issued for the use of undefined signed overflow
when estimating how many iterations a loop will require, in particular
when determining whether a loop will be executed at all.
- @option<-Wstrict-overflow=1>
- Warn about cases which are both questionable and easy to avoid. For
example: "x + 1 > x"; with
-fstrict-overflow, the compiler will simplify this to
1. This level of -Wstrict-overflow is
enabled by -Wall; higher levels are not, and must be explicitly
requested.
- @option<-Wstrict-overflow=2>
- Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified to a
constant. For example: "abs (x) >=
0". This can only be simplified when -fstrict-overflow
is in effect, because "abs (INT_MIN)"
overflows to "INT_MIN", which is less
than zero. -Wstrict-overflow (with no level) is the same as
-Wstrict-overflow=2.
- @option<-Wstrict-overflow=3>
- Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified. For example:
"x + 1 > 1" will be simplified to
"x > 0".
- @option<-Wstrict-overflow=4>
- Also warn about other simplifications not covered by the above cases. For
example: "(x * 10) / 5" will be
simplified to "x * 2".
- @option<-Wstrict-overflow=5>
- Also warn about cases where the compiler reduces the magnitude of a
constant involved in a comparison. For example: "x +
2 > y" will be simplified to "x + 1
>= y". This is reported only at the highest warning level
because this simplification applies to many comparisons, so this warning
level will give a very large number of false positives.
- -Wall
- All of the above -W options combined. This enables all the warnings
about constructions that some users consider questionable, and that are
easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in conjunction with
macros. This also enables some language-specific warnings described in
C++ Dialect Options and Objective-C and Objective-C++ Dialect
Options.
The following -W... options are not implied by
-Wall. Some of them warn about constructions that users generally do
not consider questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check
for; others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid in
some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress the
warning.
- (This option used to be called -W. The older name is still
supported, but the newer name is more descriptive.) Print extra warning
messages for these events:
- *<(C++ only)>
- An enumerator and a non-enumerator both appear in a conditional
expression.
- *<(C++ only)>
- A non-static reference or non-static const member appears in a
class without constructors.
- *<(C++ only)>
- Ambiguous virtual bases.
- *<(C++ only)>
- Subscripting an array which has been declared register.
- *<(C++ only)>
- Taking the address of a variable which has been declared
register.
- *<(C++ only)>
- A base class is not initialized in a derived class' copy constructor.
- -Wno-div-by-zero
- Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero. Floating point
division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a legitimate way of
obtaining infinities and NaNs.
- -Wsystem-headers
- Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption
that they usually do not indicate real problems and would only make the
compiler output harder to read. Using this command line option tells GCC
to emit warnings from system headers as if they occurred in user code.
However, note that using -Wall in conjunction with this option will
not warn about unknown pragmas in system headers---for that,
-Wunknown-pragmas must also be used.
- -Wfloat-equal
- Warn if floating point values are used in equality comparisons.
The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for
the programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you need to
compute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the maximum or
likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and allow for it
when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that's a
different problem). In particular, instead of testing for equality, you
would check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and
this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are
probably mistaken.
- -Wtraditional
(C only)
- Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
ISO C. Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C
equivalent, and/or problematic constructs which should be avoided.
- Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the macro body. In
traditional C macro replacement takes place within string literals, but
does not in ISO C.
- In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist. Traditional
preprocessors would only consider a line to be a directive if the #
appeared in column 1 on the line. Therefore -Wtraditional warns
about directives that traditional C understands but would ignore because
the # does not appear as the first character on the line. It also
suggests you hide directives like #pragma not understood by
traditional C by indenting them. Some traditional implementations would
not recognize #elif, so it suggests avoiding it altogether.
- A function-like macro that appears without arguments.
- The unary plus operator.
- The U integer constant suffix, or the F or L floating
point constant suffixes. (Traditional C does support the L suffix
on integer constants.) Note, these suffixes appear in macros defined in
the system headers of most modern systems, e.g. the
_MIN/_MAX macros in
"<limits.h>". Use of these macros
in user code might normally lead to spurious warnings, however GCC's
integrated preprocessor has enough context to avoid warning in these
cases.
- A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
the block.
- A "switch" statement has an operand of
type "long".
- A non-"static" function declaration
follows a "static" one. This construct
is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
- The ISO type of an integer constant has a different width or signedness
from its traditional type. This warning is only issued if the base of the
constant is ten. I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which typically
represent bit patterns, are not warned about.
- Usage of ISO string concatenation is detected.
- Initialization of automatic aggregates.
- Identifier conflicts with labels. Traditional C lacks a separate namespace
for labels.
- Initialization of unions. If the initializer is zero, the warning is
omitted. This is done under the assumption that the zero initializer in
user code appears conditioned on e.g.
"__STDC__" to avoid missing initializer
warnings and relies on default initialization to zero in the traditional C
case.
- Conversions by prototypes between fixed/floating point values and vice
versa. The absence of these prototypes when compiling with traditional C
would cause serious problems. This is a subset of the possible conversion
warnings, for the full set use -Wconversion.
- Use of ISO C style function definitions. This warning intentionally is
not issued for prototype declarations or variadic functions because
these ISO C features will appear in your code when using libiberty's
traditional C compatibility macros,
"PARAMS" and
"VPARAMS". This warning is also bypassed
for nested functions because that feature is already a GCC extension and
thus not relevant to traditional C compatibility.
- -Wdeclaration-after-statement
(C only)
- Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block. This
construct, known from C++, was introduced with ISO C99 and is by default
allowed in GCC. It is not supported by ISO C90 and was not supported by
GCC versions before GCC 3.0.
- -Wundef
- Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an #if
directive.
- -Wno-endif-labels
- Do not warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by
text.
- -Wshadow
- Warn whenever a local variable shadows another local variable, parameter
or global variable or whenever a built-in function is shadowed.
- -Wlarger-than-len
- Warn whenever an object of larger than len bytes is defined.
- -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
- Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler could not assume
anything on the bounds of the loop indices. With
-funsafe-loop-optimizations warn if the compiler made such
assumptions.
- -Wpointer-arith
- Warn about anything that depends on the "size of" a function
type or of "void". GNU C assigns these
types a size of 1, for convenience in calculations with
"void *" pointers and pointers to
functions.
- -Wbad-function-cast (C
only)
- Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type. For example,
warn if "int malloc()" is cast to
"anything *".
- -Wc++-compat
- Warn about ISO C constructs that are outside of the common subset of ISO C
and ISO C++, e.g. request for implicit conversion from
"void *" to a pointer to
non-"void" type.
- -Wcast-qual
- Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from the
target type. For example, warn if a "const char
*" is cast to an ordinary "char
*".
- -Wcast-align
- Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
target is increased. For example, warn if a "char
*" is cast to an "int *" on
machines where integers can only be accessed at two- or four-byte
boundaries.
- -Wwrite-strings
- When compiling C, give string constants the type
"const
char[length]"
so that copying the address of one into a
non-"const" "char
*" pointer will get a warning; when compiling C++, warn about
the deprecated conversion from string literals to
"char *". This warning, by default, is
enabled for C++ programs. These warnings will help you find at compile
time code that can try to write into a string constant, but only if you
have been very careful about using
"const" in declarations and prototypes.
Otherwise, it will just be a nuisance; this is why we did not make
-Wall request these warnings.
- -Wconversion
- Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed point argument
except when the same as the default promotion.
Also, warn if a negative integer constant expression is
implicitly converted to an unsigned type. For example, warn about the
assignment "x = -1" if
"x" is unsigned. But do not warn about
explicit casts like "(unsigned)
-1".
- -Wsign-compare
- Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce an
incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned. This
warning is also enabled by -Wextra; to get the other warnings of
-Wextra without this warning, use -Wextra
-Wno-sign-compare.
- -Waddress
- Warn about suspicious uses of memory addresses. These include using the
address of a function in a conditional expression, such as
"void func(void); if (func)", and
comparisons against the memory address of a string literal, such as
"if (x == "abc")". Such uses
typically indicate a programmer error: the address of a function always
evaluates to true, so their use in a conditional usually indicate that the
programmer forgot the parentheses in a function call; and comparisons
against string literals result in unspecified behavior and are not
portable in C, so they usually indicate that the programmer intended to
use "strcmp". This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
- -Waggregate-return
- Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits a
warning.)
- -Wno-attributes
- Do not warn if an unexpected
"__attribute__" is used, such as
unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables, etc.
This will not stop errors for incorrect use of supported attributes.
- -Wstrict-prototypes
(C only)
- Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the argument
types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without a warning if
preceded by a declaration which specifies the argument types.)
- -Wold-style-definition
(C only)
- Warn if an old-style function definition is used. A warning is given even
if there is a previous prototype.
- -Wmissing-prototypes
(C only)
- Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself provides
a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that fail to be
declared in header files.
- -Wmissing-declarations
(C only)
- Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration. Do so
even if the definition itself provides a prototype. Use this option to
detect global functions that are not declared in header files.
- -Wmissing-field-initializers
- Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing. For example,
the following code would cause such a warning, because
"x.h" is implicitly zero:
struct s { int f, g, h; };
struct s x = { 3, 4 };
This option does not warn about designated initializers, so
the following modification would not trigger a warning:
struct s { int f, g, h; };
struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };
This warning is included in -Wextra. To get other
-Wextra warnings without this one, use -Wextra
-Wno-missing-field-initializers.
- -Wmissing-noreturn
- Warn about functions which might be candidates for attribute
"noreturn". Note these are only possible
candidates, not absolute ones. Care should be taken to manually verify
functions actually do not ever return before adding the
"noreturn" attribute, otherwise subtle
code generation bugs could be introduced. You will not get a warning for
"main" in hosted C environments.
- -Wmissing-format-attribute
- Warn about function pointers which might be candidates for
"format" attributes. Note these are only
possible candidates, not absolute ones. GCC will guess that function
pointers with "format" attributes that
are used in assignment, initialization, parameter passing or return
statements should have a corresponding
"format" attribute in the resulting
type. I.e. the left-hand side of the assignment or initialization, the
type of the parameter variable, or the return type of the containing
function respectively should also have a
"format" attribute to avoid the warning.
GCC will also warn about function definitions which might be
candidates for "format" attributes.
Again, these are only possible candidates. GCC will guess that
"format" attributes might be
appropriate for any function that calls a function like
"vprintf" or
"vscanf", but this might not always be
the case, and some functions for which
"format" attributes are appropriate
may not be detected.
- -Wno-multichar
- Do not warn if a multicharacter constant ('FOOF') is used. Usually
they indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have
implementation-defined values, and should not be used in portable
code.
- -Wnormalized=<none⎪id⎪nfc⎪nfkc>
- In ISO C and ISO C++, two identifiers are different if they are different
sequences of characters. However, sometimes when characters outside the
basic ASCII character set are used, you can have two different character
sequences that look the same. To avoid confusion, the ISO 10646 standard
sets out some normalization rules which when applied ensure that
two sequences that look the same are turned into the same sequence. GCC
can warn you if you are using identifiers which have not been normalized;
this option controls that warning.
There are four levels of warning that GCC supports. The
default is -Wnormalized=nfc, which warns about any identifier
which is not in the ISO 10646 "C" normalized form, NFC.
NFC is the recommended form for most uses.
Unfortunately, there are some characters which ISO C and ISO
C++ allow in identifiers that when turned into NFC aren't allowable as
identifiers. That is, there's no way to use these symbols in portable
ISO C or C++ and have all your identifiers in NFC.
-Wnormalized=id suppresses the warning for these characters. It
is hoped that future versions of the standards involved will correct
this, which is why this option is not the default.
You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing
-Wnormalized=none. You would only want to do this if you were
using some other normalization scheme (like "D"), because
otherwise you can easily create bugs that are literally impossible to
see.
Some characters in ISO 10646 have distinct meanings but look
identical in some fonts or display methodologies, especially once
formatting has been applied. For instance
"\u207F", "SUPERSCRIPT LATIN
SMALL LETTER N", will display just like a regular
"n" which has been placed in a
superscript. ISO 10646 defines the NFKC normalization scheme to
convert all these into a standard form as well, and GCC will warn if
your code is not in NFKC if you use -Wnormalized=nfkc. This
warning is comparable to warning about every identifier that contains
the letter O because it might be confused with the digit 0, and so is
not the default, but may be useful as a local coding convention if the
programming environment is unable to be fixed to display these
characters distinctly.
- -Wno-deprecated-declarations
- Do not warn about uses of functions, variables, and types marked as
deprecated by using the "deprecated"
attribute.
- -Wno-overflow
- Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions.
- -Woverride-init
- Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden when using
designated initializers.
This warning is included in -Wextra. To get other
-Wextra warnings without this one, use -Wextra
-Wno-override-init.
- -Wpacked
- Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure. Such
structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For instance, in this
code, the variable "f.x" in
"struct bar" will be misaligned even
though "struct bar" does not itself have
the packed attribute:
struct foo {
int x;
char a, b, c, d;
} __attribute__((packed));
struct bar {
char z;
struct foo f;
};
- -Wpadded
- Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element of
the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this happens
it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to reduce the
padding and so make the structure smaller.
- -Wredundant-decls
- Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
- -Wnested-externs
(C only)
- Warn if an "extern" declaration is
encountered within a function.
- -Wunreachable-code
- Warn if the compiler detects that code will never be executed.
This option is intended to warn when the compiler detects that
at least a whole line of source code will never be executed, because
some condition is never satisfied or because it is after a procedure
that never returns.
It is possible for this option to produce a warning even
though there are circumstances under which part of the affected line can
be executed, so care should be taken when removing
apparently-unreachable code.
For instance, when a function is inlined, a warning may mean
that the line is unreachable in only one inlined copy of the
function.
This option is not made part of -Wall because in a
debugging version of a program there is often substantial code which
checks correct functioning of the program and is, hopefully, unreachable
because the program does work. Another common use of unreachable code is
to provide behavior which is selectable at compile-time.
- -Winline
- Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was declared as inline. Even
with this option, the compiler will not warn about failures to inline
functions declared in system headers.
The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether
or not to inline a function. For example, the compiler takes into
account the size of the function being inlined and the amount of
inlining that has already been done in the current function. Therefore,
seemingly insignificant changes in the source program can cause the
warnings produced by -Winline to appear or disappear.
- -Wno-invalid-offsetof
(C++ only)
- Suppress warnings from applying the offsetof macro to a non-POD
type. According to the 1998 ISO C++ standard, applying offsetof to
a non-POD type is undefined. In existing C++ implementations, however,
offsetof typically gives meaningful results even when applied to
certain kinds of non-POD types. (Such as a simple struct that fails
to be a POD type only by virtue of having a constructor.) This flag is for
users who are aware that they are writing nonportable code and who have
deliberately chosen to ignore the warning about it.
The restrictions on offsetof may be relaxed in a future
version of the C++ standard.
- -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast
(C only)
- Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a different
size.
- -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast
(C only)
- Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a
different size.
- -Winvalid-pch
- Warn if a precompiled header is found in the search path but can't be
used.
- -Wlong-long
- Warn if long long type is used. This is default. To inhibit the
warning messages, use -Wno-long-long. Flags -Wlong-long and
-Wno-long-long are taken into account only when -pedantic
flag is used.
- -Wvariadic-macros
- Warn if variadic macros are used in pedantic ISO C90 mode, or the GNU
alternate syntax when in pedantic ISO C99 mode. This is default. To
inhibit the warning messages, use -Wno-variadic-macros.
- -Wvolatile-register-var
- Warn if a register variable is declared volatile. The volatile modifier
does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate reads and/or writes
to register variables.
- -Wdisabled-optimization
- Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does not
generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it merely
indicates that GCC's optimizers were unable to handle the code
effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too
complex; GCC will refuse to optimize programs when the optimization itself
is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.
- -Wpointer-sign
- Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness.
This option is only supported for C and Objective-C. It is implied by
-Wall and by -pedantic, which can be disabled with
-Wno-pointer-sign.
- -Werror
- Make all warnings into errors.
- -Werror=
- Make the specified warning into an errors. The specifier for a warning is
appended, for example -Werror=switch turns the warnings controlled
by -Wswitch into errors. This switch takes a negative form, to be
used to negate -Werror for specific warnings, for example
-Wno-error=switch makes -Wswitch warnings not be errors,
even when -Werror is in effect. You can use the
-fdiagnostics-show-option option to have each controllable warning
amended with the option which controls it, to determine what to use with
this option.
Note that specifying -Werror=foo automatically
implies -Wfoo. However, -Wno-error=foo does
not imply anything.
- -Wstack-protector
- This option is only active when -fstack-protector is active. It
warns about functions that will not be protected against stack
smashing.
- -Woverlength-strings
- Warn about string constants which are longer than the "minimum
maximum" length specified in the C standard. Modern compilers
generally allow string constants which are much longer than the standard's
minimum limit, but very portable programs should avoid using longer
strings.
The limit applies after string constant concatenation,
and does not count the trailing NUL. In C89, the limit was 509
characters; in C99, it was raised to 4095. C++98 does not specify a
normative minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in
C++.
This option is implied by -pedantic, and can be
disabled with -Wno-overlength-strings.
Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC
GCC has various special options that are used for debugging either
your program or GCC:
- -g
- Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
(stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF 2). GDB can work with this debugging
information.
On most systems that use stabs format, -g enables use
of extra debugging information that only GDB can use; this extra
information makes debugging work better in GDB but will probably make
other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program. If you want to
control for certain whether to generate the extra information, use
-gstabs+, -gstabs, -gxcoff+, -gxcoff, or
-gvms (see below).
GCC allows you to use -g with -O. The shortcuts
taken by optimized code may occasionally produce surprising results:
some variables you declared may not exist at all; flow of control may
briefly move where you did not expect it; some statements may not be
executed because they compute constant results or their values were
already at hand; some statements may execute in different places because
they were moved out of loops.
Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output.
This makes it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might
have bugs.
The following options are useful when GCC is generated with
the capability for more than one debugging format.
- -ggdb
- Produce debugging information for use by GDB. This means to use the most
expressive format available (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native format if
neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions if at all
possible.
- -gstabs
- Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
without GDB extensions. This is the format used by DBX on most BSD
systems. On MIPS, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
produces stabs debugging output which is not understood by DBX or SDB. On
System V Release 4 systems this option requires the GNU assembler.
- -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols
- Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported), for
only symbols that are actually used.
- -femit-class-debug-always
- Instead of emitting debugging information for a C++ class in only one
object file, emit it in all object files using the class. This option
should be used only with debuggers that are unable to handle the way GCC
normally emits debugging information for classes because using this option
will increase the size of debugging information by as much as a factor of
two.
- -gstabs+
- Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The use of
these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to read
the program.
- -gcoff
- Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that is supported). This
is the format used by SDB on most System V systems prior to System V
Release 4.
- -gxcoff
- Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported). This
is the format used by the DBX debugger on IBM RS/6000 systems.
- -gxcoff+
- Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported),
using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The use of
these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or refuse to read
the program, and may cause assemblers other than the GNU assembler (GAS)
to fail with an error.
- -gdwarf-2
- Produce debugging information in DWARF version 2 format (if that is
supported). This is the format used by DBX on IRIX 6. With this option,
GCC uses features of DWARF version 3 when they are useful; version 3 is
upward compatible with version 2, but may still cause problems for older
debuggers.
- -gvms
- Produce debugging information in VMS debug format (if that is supported).
This is the format used by DEBUG on VMS systems.
- -glevel
- -ggdblevel
- -gstabslevel
- -gcofflevel
- -gxcofflevel
- -gvmslevel
- Request debugging information and also use level to specify how
much information. The default level is 2.
Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making
backtraces in parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This
includes descriptions of functions and external variables, but no
information about local variables and no line numbers.
Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro
definitions present in the program. Some debuggers support macro
expansion when you use -g3.
-gdwarf-2 does not accept a concatenated debug level,
because GCC used to support an option -gdwarf that meant to
generate debug information in version 1 of the DWARF format (which is
very different from version 2), and it would have been too confusing.
That debug format is long obsolete, but the option cannot be changed
now. Instead use an additional -glevel option to change
the debug level for DWARF2.
- -feliminate-dwarf2-dups
- Compress DWARF2 debugging information by eliminating duplicated
information about each symbol. This option only makes sense when
generating DWARF2 debugging information with -gdwarf-2.
- -p
- Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the analysis
program prof. You must use this option when compiling the source
files you want data about, and you must also use it when linking.
- -pg
- Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the analysis
program gprof. You must use this option when compiling the source
files you want data about, and you must also use it when linking.
- -Q
- Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
- -ftime-report
- Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each
pass when it finishes.
- -fmem-report
- Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation
when it finishes.
- -fprofile-arcs
- Add code so that program flow arcs are instrumented. During
execution the program records how many times each branch and call is
executed and how many times it is taken or returns. When the compiled
program exits it saves this data to a file called
auxname.gcda for each source file. The data may be
used for profile-directed optimizations (-fbranch-probabilities),
or for test coverage analysis (-ftest-coverage). Each object file's
auxname is generated from the name of the output file, if
explicitly specified and it is not the final executable, otherwise it is
the basename of the source file. In both cases any suffix is removed (e.g.
foo.gcda for input file dir/foo.c, or dir/foo.gcda
for output file specified as -o dir/foo.o).
- --coverage
- This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for coverage
analysis. The option is a synonym for -fprofile-arcs
-ftest-coverage (when compiling) and -lgcov (when linking).
See the documentation for those options for more details.
- Compile the source files with -fprofile-arcs plus optimization and
code generation options. For test coverage analysis, use the additional
-ftest-coverage option. You do not need to profile every source
file in a program.
- Link your object files with -lgcov or -fprofile-arcs (the
latter implies the former).
- Run the program on a representative workload to generate the arc profile
information. This may be repeated any number of times. You can run
concurrent instances of your program, and provided that the file system
supports locking, the data files will be correctly updated. Also
"fork" calls are detected and correctly
handled (double counting will not happen).
- For profile-directed optimizations, compile the source files again with
the same optimization and code generation options plus
-fbranch-probabilities.
- For test coverage analysis, use gcov to produce human readable
information from the .gcno and .gcda files. Refer to the
gcov documentation for further information.
With -fprofile-arcs, for each function of your program GCC
creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph. Only
arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be instrumented: the compiler
adds code to count the number of times that these arcs are executed. When an
arc is the only exit or only entrance to a block, the instrumentation code
can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic block must be created to
hold the instrumentation code.
- -ftest-coverage
- Produce a notes file that the gcov code-coverage utility can use to
show program coverage. Each source file's note file is called
auxname.gcno. Refer to the -fprofile-arcs
option above for a description of auxname and instructions on how
to generate test coverage data. Coverage data will match the source files
more closely, if you do not optimize.
- -dletters
- -fdump-rtl-pass
- Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
letters. This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the
compiler. The file names for most of the dumps are made by appending a
pass number and a word to the dumpname. dumpname is
generated from the name of the output file, if explicitly specified and it
is not an executable, otherwise it is the basename of the source file.
Most debug dumps can be enabled either passing a letter to the
-d option, or with a long -fdump-rtl switch; here are the
possible letters for use in letters and pass, and their
meanings:
- -dA
- Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging
information.
- -dB
- -fdump-rtl-bbro
- Dump after block reordering, to file.148r.bbro.
- -dc
- -fdump-rtl-combine
- Dump after instruction combination, to the file
file.129r.combine.
- -dC
- -fdump-rtl-ce1
- -fdump-rtl-ce2
- -dC and -fdump-rtl-ce1 enable dumping after the first if
conversion, to the file file.117r.ce1. -dC and
-fdump-rtl-ce2 enable dumping after the second if conversion, to
the file file.130r.ce2.
- -dd
- -fdump-rtl-btl
- -fdump-rtl-dbr
- -dd and -fdump-rtl-btl enable dumping after branch target
load optimization, to file.31.btl. -dd and
-fdump-rtl-dbr enable dumping after delayed branch scheduling, to
file.36.dbr.
- -dD
- Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
normal output.
- -dE
- -fdump-rtl-ce3
- Dump after the third if conversion, to
file.146r.ce3.
- -df
- -fdump-rtl-cfg
- -fdump-rtl-life
- -df and -fdump-rtl-cfg enable dumping after control and data
flow analysis, to file.116r.cfg. -df and
-fdump-rtl-cfg enable dumping dump after life analysis, to
file.128r.life1 and
file.135r.life2.
- -dg
- -fdump-rtl-greg
- Dump after global register allocation, to
file.139r.greg.
- -dG
- -fdump-rtl-gcse
- -fdump-rtl-bypass
- -dG and -fdump-rtl-gcse enable dumping after GCSE, to
file.114r.gcse. -dG and
-fdump-rtl-bypass enable dumping after jump bypassing and control
flow optimizations, to file.115r.bypass.
- -dh
- -fdump-rtl-eh
- Dump after finalization of EH handling code, to
file.02.eh.
- -di
- -fdump-rtl-sibling
- Dump after sibling call optimizations, to
file.106r.sibling.
- -dj
- -fdump-rtl-jump
- Dump after the first jump optimization, to
file.112r.jump.
- -dk
- -fdump-rtl-stack
- Dump after conversion from registers to stack, to
file.152r.stack.
- -dl
- -fdump-rtl-lreg
- Dump after local register allocation, to
file.138r.lreg.
- -dL
- -fdump-rtl-loop2
- -dL and -fdump-rtl-loop2 enable dumping after the loop
optimization pass, to file.119r.loop2,
file.120r.loop2_init,
file.121r.loop2_invariant, and
file.125r.loop2_done.
- -dm
- -fdump-rtl-sms
- Dump after modulo scheduling, to file.136r.sms.
- -dM
- -fdump-rtl-mach
- Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization pass, to
file.155r.mach.
- -dn
- -fdump-rtl-rnreg
- Dump after register renumbering, to
file.147r.rnreg.
- -dN
- -fdump-rtl-regmove
- Dump after the register move pass, to
file.132r.regmove.
- -do
- -fdump-rtl-postreload
- Dump after post-reload optimizations, to
file.24.postreload.
- -dr
- -fdump-rtl-expand
- Dump after RTL generation, to file.104r.expand.
- -dR
- -fdump-rtl-sched2
- Dump after the second scheduling pass, to
file.150r.sched2.
- -ds
- -fdump-rtl-cse
- Dump after CSE (including the jump optimization that sometimes follows
CSE), to file.113r.cse.
- -dS
- -fdump-rtl-sched
- Dump after the first scheduling pass, to
file.21.sched.
- -dt
- -fdump-rtl-cse2
- Dump after the second CSE pass (including the jump optimization that
sometimes follows CSE), to file.127r.cse2.
- -dT
- -fdump-rtl-tracer
- Dump after running tracer, to file.118r.tracer.
- -dV
- -fdump-rtl-vpt
- -fdump-rtl-vartrack
- -dV and -fdump-rtl-vpt enable dumping after the value
profile transformations, to file.10.vpt. -dV
and -fdump-rtl-vartrack enable dumping after variable tracking, to
file.154r.vartrack.
- -dw
- -fdump-rtl-flow2
- Dump after the second flow pass, to
file.142r.flow2.
- -dz
- -fdump-rtl-peephole2
- Dump after the peephole pass, to
file.145r.peephole2.
- -dZ
- -fdump-rtl-web
- Dump after live range splitting, to
file.126r.web.
- -da
- -fdump-rtl-all
- Produce all the dumps listed above.
- -dH
- Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.
- -dm
- Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to standard
error.
- -dp
- Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which pattern and
alternative was used. The length of each instruction is also printed.
- -dP
- Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction.
Also turns on -dp annotation.
- -dv
- For each of the other indicated dump files (either with -d or
-fdump-rtl-pass), dump a representation of the control flow
graph suitable for viewing with VCG to
file.pass.vcg.
- -dx
- Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
with r (-fdump-rtl-expand).
- -dy
- Dump debugging information during parsing, to standard error.
- -fdump-noaddr
- When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress address
output. This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for
compiler invocations with different compiler binaries and/or different
text / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations.
- -fdump-unnumbered
- When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress
instruction numbers, line number note and address output. This makes it
more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with
different options, in particular with and without -g.
- -fdump-translation-unit
(C++ only)
- -fdump-translation-unit-options
(C++ only)
- Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation
unit to a file. The file name is made by appending .tu to the
source file name. If the -options form is used,
options controls the details of the dump as described for the
-fdump-tree options.
- -fdump-class-hierarchy
(C++ only)
- -fdump-class-hierarchy-options
(C++ only)
- Dump a representation of each class's hierarchy and virtual function table
layout to a file. The file name is made by appending .class to the
source file name. If the -options form is used,
options controls the details of the dump as described for the
-fdump-tree options.
- -fdump-ipa-switch
- Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis
language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a switch
specific suffix to the source file name. The following dumps are
possible:
- all
- Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps; currently the only produced
dump is the cgraph dump.
- cgraph
- Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused function removal,
and inlining decisions.
- -fdump-tree-switch
- -fdump-tree-switch-options
- Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermediate
language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a switch
specific suffix to the source file name. If the -options
form is used, options is a list of - separated options that
control the details of the dump. Not all options are applicable to all
dumps, those which are not meaningful will be ignored. The following
options are available
- address
- Print the address of each node. Usually this is not meaningful as it
changes according to the environment and source file. Its primary use is
for tying up a dump file with a debug environment.
- slim
- Inhibit dumping of members of a scope or body of a function merely because
that scope has been reached. Only dump such items when they are directly
reachable by some other path. When dumping pretty-printed trees, this
option inhibits dumping the bodies of control structures.
- raw
- Print a raw representation of the tree. By default, trees are
pretty-printed into a C-like representation.
- details
- Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option).
- stats
- Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored by every
dump option).
- blocks
- Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).
- vops
- Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.
- lineno
- Enable showing line numbers for statements.
- uid
- Enable showing the unique ID
("DECL_UID") for each variable.
- all
- Turn on all options, except raw, slim and
lineno.
The following tree dumps are possible:
- original
- Dump before any tree based optimization, to
file.original.
- optimized
- Dump after all tree based optimization, to
file.optimized.
- inlined
- Dump after function inlining, to file.inlined.
- gimple
- Dump each function before and after the gimplification pass to a file. The
file name is made by appending .gimple to the source file
name.
- cfg
- Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file. The file name is
made by appending .cfg to the source file name.
- vcg
- Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file in VCG format. The
file name is made by appending .vcg to the source file name. Note
that if the file contains more than one function, the generated file
cannot be used directly by VCG. You will need to cut and paste each
function's graph into its own separate file first.
- ch
- Dump each function after copying loop headers. The file name is made by
appending .ch to the source file name.
- ssa
- Dump SSA related information to a file. The file name is made by appending
.ssa to the source file name.
- salias
- Dump structure aliasing variable information to a file. This file name is
made by appending .salias to the source file name.
- alias
- Dump aliasing information for each function. The file name is made by
appending .alias to the source file name.
- ccp
- Dump each function after CCP. The file name is made by appending
.ccp to the source file name.
- storeccp
- Dump each function after STORE-CCP. The file name is made by appending
.storeccp to the source file name.
- pre
- Dump trees after partial redundancy elimination. The file name is made by
appending .pre to the source file name.
- fre
- Dump trees after full redundancy elimination. The file name is made by
appending .fre to the source file name.
- copyprop
- Dump trees after copy propagation. The file name is made by appending
.copyprop to the source file name.
- store_copyprop
- Dump trees after store copy-propagation. The file name is made by
appending .store_copyprop to the source file name.
- dce
- Dump each function after dead code elimination. The file name is made by
appending .dce to the source file name.
- mudflap
- Dump each function after adding mudflap instrumentation. The file name is
made by appending .mudflap to the source file name.
- sra
- Dump each function after performing scalar replacement of aggregates. The
file name is made by appending .sra to the source file name.
- sink
- Dump each function after performing code sinking. The file name is made by
appending .sink to the source file name.
- dom
- Dump each function after applying dominator tree optimizations. The file
name is made by appending .dom to the source file name.
- dse
- Dump each function after applying dead store elimination. The file name is
made by appending .dse to the source file name.
- phiopt
- Dump each function after optimizing PHI nodes into straightline code. The
file name is made by appending .phiopt to the source file
name.
- forwprop
- Dump each function after forward propagating single use variables. The
file name is made by appending .forwprop to the source file
name.
- copyrename
- Dump each function after applying the copy rename optimization. The file
name is made by appending .copyrename to the source file name.
- nrv
- Dump each function after applying the named return value optimization on
generic trees. The file name is made by appending .nrv to the
source file name.
- vect
- Dump each function after applying vectorization of loops. The file name is
made by appending .vect to the source file name.
- vrp
- Dump each function after Value Range Propagation (VRP). The file name is
made by appending .vrp to the source file name.
- all
- Enable all the available tree dumps with the flags provided in this
option.
- -ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n
- This option controls the amount of debugging output the vectorizer prints.
This information is written to standard error, unless
-fdump-tree-all or -fdump-tree-vect is specified, in which
case it is output to the usual dump listing file, .vect. For
n=0 no diagnostic information is reported. If n=1 the
vectorizer reports each loop that got vectorized, and the total number of
loops that got vectorized. If n=2 the vectorizer also reports
non-vectorized loops that passed the first analysis phase
(vect_analyze_loop_form) - i.e. countable, inner-most, single-bb,
single-entry/exit loops. This is the same verbosity level that
-fdump-tree-vect-stats uses. Higher verbosity levels mean either
more information dumped for each reported loop, or same amount of
information reported for more loops: If n=3, alignment related
information is added to the reports. If n=4, data-references
related information (e.g. memory dependences, memory access-patterns) is
added to the reports. If n=5, the vectorizer reports also
non-vectorized inner-most loops that did not pass the first analysis phase
(i.e. may not be countable, or may have complicated control-flow). If
n=6, the vectorizer reports also non-vectorized nested loops. For
n=7, all the information the vectorizer generates during its
analysis and transformation is reported. This is the same verbosity level
that -fdump-tree-vect-details uses.
- -frandom-seed=string
- This option provides a seed that GCC uses when it would otherwise use
random numbers. It is used to generate certain symbol names that have to
be different in every compiled file. It is also used to place unique
stamps in coverage data files and the object files that produce them. You
can use the -frandom-seed option to produce reproducibly identical
object files.
The string should be different for every file you
compile.
- -fsched-verbose=n
- On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls the
amount of debugging output the scheduler prints. This information is
written to standard error, unless -dS or -dR is specified,
in which case it is output to the usual dump listing file, .sched
or .sched2 respectively. However for n greater than nine,
the output is always printed to standard error.
For n greater than zero, -fsched-verbose outputs
the same information as -dRS. For n greater than one, it
also output basic block probabilities, detailed ready list information
and unit/insn info. For n greater than two, it includes RTL at
abort point, control-flow and regions info. And for n over four,
-fsched-verbose also includes dependence info.
- -save-temps
- Store the usual "temporary" intermediate files permanently;
place them in the current directory and name them based on the source
file. Thus, compiling foo.c with -c -save-temps would
produce files foo.i and foo.s, as well as foo.o. This
creates a preprocessed foo.i output file even though the compiler
now normally uses an integrated preprocessor.
When used in combination with the -x command line
option, -save-temps is sensible enough to avoid over writing an
input source file with the same extension as an intermediate file. The
corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the source
file before using -save-temps.
- -time
- Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the compilation sequence.
For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler (plus the
linker if linking is done). The output looks like this:
# cc1 0.12 0.01
# as 0.00 0.01
The first number on each line is the "user time",
that is time spent executing the program itself. The second number is
"system time", time spent executing operating system routines
on behalf of the program. Both numbers are in seconds.
- -fvar-tracking
- Run variable tracking pass. It computes where variables are stored at each
position in code. Better debugging information is then generated (if the
debugging information format supports this information).
It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization
(-Os, -O, -O2, ...), debugging information
(-g) and the debug info format supports it.
- -print-file-name=library
- Print the full absolute name of the library file library that would
be used when linking---and don't do anything else. With this option, GCC
does not compile or link anything; it just prints the file name.
- -print-multi-directory
- Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by any
other switches present in the command line. This directory is supposed to
exist in GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
- -print-multi-lib
- Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler switches that
enable them. The directory name is separated from the switches by
;, and each switch starts with an @} instead of the
@samp{-, without spaces
between multiple switches. This is supposed to ease shell-processing.
- -print-prog-name=program
- Like -print-file-name, but searches for a program such as
cpp.
- -print-libgcc-file-name
- Same as -print-file-name=libgcc.a.
This is useful when you use -nostdlib or
-nodefaultlibs but you do want to link with libgcc.a. You
can do
gcc -nostdlib <files>... `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`
- -print-search-dirs
- Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
program and library directories gcc will search---and don't do
anything else.
This is useful when gcc prints the error message
installation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or
directory. To resolve this you either need to put cpp0 and
the other compiler components where gcc expects to find them, or
you can set the environment variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX to the
directory where you installed them. Don't forget the trailing
/.
- -dumpmachine
- Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
i686-pc-linux-gnu)---and don't do anything else.
- -dumpversion
- Print the compiler version (for example, 3.0)---and don't do
anything else.
- -dumpspecs
- Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do anything else. (This is
used when GCC itself is being built.)
- -feliminate-unused-debug-types
- Normally, when producing DWARF2 output, GCC will emit debugging
information for all types declared in a compilation unit, regardless of
whether or not they are actually used in that compilation unit. Sometimes
this is useful, such as if, in the debugger, you want to cast a value to a
type that is not actually used in your program (but is declared). More
often, however, this results in a significant amount of wasted space. With
this option, GCC will avoid producing debug symbol output for types that
are nowhere used in the source file being compiled.
Options That Control Optimization
These options control various sorts of optimizations.
Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to reduce
the cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint
between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
change the program counter to any other statement in the function and get
exactly the results you would expect from the source code.
Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to
improve the performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time
and possibly the ability to debug the program.
The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has
of the program. Optimization levels -O and above, in particular,
enable unit-at-a-time mode, which allows the compiler to consider
information gained from later functions in the file when compiling a
function. Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file in
unit-at-a-time mode allows the compiler to use information gained
from all of the files when compiling each of them.
Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag. Only
optimizations that have a flag are listed.
- -O
- -O1
- Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot more
memory for a large function.
With -O, the compiler tries to reduce code size and
execution time, without performing any optimizations that take a great
deal of compilation time.
-O turns on the following optimization flags:
-fdefer-pop -fdelayed-branch
-fguess-branch-probability -fcprop-registers
-fif-conversion -fif-conversion2 -ftree-ccp
-ftree-dce -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse
-ftree-ter -ftree-lrs -ftree-sra
-ftree-copyrename -ftree-fre -ftree-ch
-funit-at-a-time -fmerge-constants
-O also turns on -fomit-frame-pointer on
machines where doing so does not interfere with debugging.
- -O2
- Optimize even more. GCC performs nearly all supported optimizations that
do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. The compiler does not perform loop
unrolling or function inlining when you specify -O2. As compared to
-O, this option increases both compilation time and the performance
of the generated code.
-O2 turns on all optimization flags specified by
-O. It also turns on the following optimization flags:
-fthread-jumps -fcrossjumping
-foptimize-sibling-calls -fcse-follow-jumps
-fcse-skip-blocks -fgcse -fgcse-lm
-fexpensive-optimizations -frerun-cse-after-loop
-fcaller-saves -fpeephole2 -fschedule-insns
-fschedule-insns2 -fsched-interblock -fsched-spec
-fregmove -fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow
-fdelete-null-pointer-checks -freorder-blocks
-freorder-functions -falign-functions -falign-jumps
-falign-loops -falign-labels -ftree-vrp
-ftree-pre
Please note the warning under -fgcse about invoking
-O2 on programs that use computed gotos.
-O2 doesn't turn on -ftree-vrp for the Ada
compiler. This option must be explicitly specified on the command line
to be enabled for the Ada compiler.
- -O3
- Optimize yet more. -O3 turns on all optimizations specified by
-O2 and also turns on the -finline-functions,
-funswitch-loops and -fgcse-after-reload options.
- -O0
- Do not optimize. This is the default.
- -Os
- Optimize for size. -Os enables all -O2 optimizations that do
not typically increase code size. It also performs further optimizations
designed to reduce code size.
-Os disables the following optimization flags:
-falign-functions -falign-jumps -falign-loops -falign-labels
-freorder-blocks -freorder-blocks-and-partition
-fprefetch-loop-arrays -ftree-vect-loop-version
If you use multiple -O options, with or without level
numbers, the last such option is the one that is effective.
Options of the form -fflag specify
machine-independent flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms;
the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. In the table
below, only one of the forms is listed---the one you typically will use. You
can figure out the other form by either removing no- or adding
it.
The following options control specific optimizations. They are
either activated by -O options or are related to ones that are. You
can use the following flags in the rare cases when "fine-tuning"
of optimizations to be performed is desired.
- -fno-default-inline
- Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
defined inside the class scope (C++ only). Otherwise, when you specify
-O, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled inline
by default; i.e., you don't need to add inline in front of the
member function name.
- -fno-defer-pop
- Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
returns. For machines which must pop arguments after a function call, the
compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
function calls and pops them all at once.
Disabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -fforce-mem
- Force memory operands to be copied into registers before doing arithmetic
on them. This produces better code by making all memory references
potential common subexpressions. When they are not common subexpressions,
instruction combination should eliminate the separate register-load. This
option is now a nop and will be removed in 4.3.
- -fforce-addr
- Force memory address constants to be copied into registers before doing
arithmetic on them.
- -fomit-frame-pointer
- Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that don't need
one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame
pointers; it also makes an extra register available in many functions.
It also makes debugging impossible on some machines.
On some machines, such as the VAX, this flag has no effect,
because the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame
pointer and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
machine-description macro
"FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED" controls
whether a target machine supports this flag.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -foptimize-sibling-calls
- Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fno-inline
- Don't pay attention to the "inline"
keyword. Normally this option is used to keep the compiler from expanding
any functions inline. Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions
can be expanded inline.
- -finline-functions
- Integrate all simple functions into their callers. The compiler
heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
integrating in this way.
If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the
function is declared "static", then
the function is normally not output as assembler code in its own
right.
Enabled at level -O3.
- -finline-functions-called-once
- Consider all "static" functions called
once for inlining into their caller even if they are not marked
"inline". If a call to a given function
is integrated, then the function is not output as assembler code in its
own right.
Enabled if -funit-at-a-time is enabled.
- -fearly-inlining
- Inline functions marked by
"always_inline" and functions whose body
seems smaller than the function call overhead early before doing
-fprofile-generate instrumentation and real inlining pass. Doing so
makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually inlining faster on
programs having large chains of nested wrapper functions.
Enabled by default.
- -finline-limit=n
- By default, GCC limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This
flag allows the control of this limit for functions that are explicitly
marked as inline (i.e., marked with the inline keyword or defined within
the class definition in c++). n is the size of functions that can
be inlined in number of pseudo instructions (not counting parameter
handling). The default value of n is 600. Increasing this value can
result in more inlined code at the cost of compilation time and memory
consumption. Decreasing usually makes the compilation faster and less code
will be inlined (which presumably means slower programs). This option is
particularly useful for programs that use inlining heavily such as those
based on recursive templates with C++.
Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters,
which may be specified individually by using --param
name=value. The -finline-limit=n
option sets some of these parameters as follows:
See below for a documentation of the individual parameters
controlling inlining.
Note: pseudo instruction represents, in this particular
context, an abstract measurement of function's size. In no way does it
represent a count of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning
might change from one release to an another.
- -fkeep-inline-functions
- In C, emit "static" functions that are
declared "inline" into the object file,
even if the function has been inlined into all of its callers. This switch
does not affect functions using the "extern
inline" extension in GNU C. In C++, emit any and all inline
functions into the object file.
- -fkeep-static-consts
- Emit variables declared "static const"
when optimization isn't turned on, even if the variables aren't
referenced.
GCC enables this option by default. If you want to force the
compiler to check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether
or not optimization is turned on, use the -fno-keep-static-consts
option.
- -fmerge-constants
- Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating point
constants) across compilation units.
This option is the default for optimized compilation if the
assembler and linker support it. Use -fno-merge-constants to
inhibit this behavior.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -fmerge-all-constants
- Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.
This option implies -fmerge-constants. In addition to
-fmerge-constants this considers e.g. even constant initialized
arrays or initialized constant variables with integral or floating point
types. Languages like C or C++ require each non-automatic variable to
have distinct location, so using this option will result in
non-conforming behavior.
- -fmodulo-sched
- Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first scheduling
pass. This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders their instructions
by overlapping different iterations.
- -fno-branch-count-reg
- Do not use "decrement and branch" instructions on a count
register, but instead generate a sequence of instructions that decrement a
register, compare it against zero, then branch based upon the result. This
option is only meaningful on architectures that support such instructions,
which include x86, PowerPC, IA-64 and S/390.
The default is -fbranch-count-reg.
- -fno-function-cse
- Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
This option results in less efficient code, but some strange
hacks that alter the assembler output may be confused by the
optimizations performed when this option is not used.
The default is -ffunction-cse
- -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
- If the target supports a BSS section, GCC by default puts variables that
are initialized to zero into BSS. This can save space in the resulting
code.
This option turns off this behavior because some programs
explicitly rely on variables going to the data section. E.g., so that
the resulting executable can find the beginning of that section and/or
make assumptions based on that.
The default is -fzero-initialized-in-bss.
- -fbounds-check
- For front-ends that support it, generate additional code to check that
indices used to access arrays are within the declared range. This is
currently only supported by the Java and Fortran front-ends, where this
option defaults to true and false respectively.
- -fmudflap
-fmudflapth -fmudflapir
- For front-ends that support it (C and C++), instrument all risky
pointer/array dereferencing operations, some standard library string/heap
functions, and some other associated constructs with range/validity tests.
Modules so instrumented should be immune to buffer overflows, invalid heap
use, and some other classes of C/C++ programming errors. The
instrumentation relies on a separate runtime library (libmudflap),
which will be linked into a program if -fmudflap is given at link
time. Run-time behavior of the instrumented program is controlled by the
MUDFLAP_OPTIONS environment variable. See
"env MUDFLAP_OPTIONS=-help a.out" for
its options.
Use -fmudflapth instead of -fmudflap to compile
and to link if your program is multi-threaded. Use -fmudflapir,
in addition to -fmudflap or -fmudflapth, if
instrumentation should ignore pointer reads. This produces less
instrumentation (and therefore faster execution) and still provides some
protection against outright memory corrupting writes, but allows
erroneously read data to propagate within a program.
- -fthread-jumps
- Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If so,
the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the second
branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether the
condition is known to be true or false.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fcse-follow-jumps
- In common subexpression elimination, scan through jump instructions when
the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For example, when
CSE encounters an "if" statement with an
"else" clause, CSE will follow the jump
when the condition tested is false.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fcse-skip-blocks
- This is similar to -fcse-follow-jumps, but causes CSE to follow
jumps which conditionally skip over blocks. When CSE encounters a simple
"if" statement with no else clause,
-fcse-skip-blocks causes CSE to follow the jump around the body of
the "if".
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -frerun-cse-after-loop
- Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
performed.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fgcse
- Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass. This pass also
performs global constant and copy propagation.
Note: When compiling a program using computed gotos, a
GCC extension, you may get better runtime performance if you disable the
global common subexpression elimination pass by adding -fno-gcse
to the command line.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fgcse-lm
- When -fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination
will attempt to move loads which are only killed by stores into
themselves. This allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to be
changed to a load outside the loop, and a copy/store within the loop.
Enabled by default when gcse is enabled.
- -fgcse-sm
- When -fgcse-sm is enabled, a store motion pass is run after global
common subexpression elimination. This pass will attempt to move stores
out of loops. When used in conjunction with -fgcse-lm, loops
containing a load/store sequence can be changed to a load before the loop
and a store after the loop.
Not enabled at any optimization level.
- -fgcse-las
- When -fgcse-las is enabled, the global common subexpression
elimination pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to the
same memory location (both partial and full redundancies).
Not enabled at any optimization level.
- -fgcse-after-reload
- When -fgcse-after-reload is enabled, a redundant load elimination
pass is performed after reload. The purpose of this pass is to cleanup
redundant spilling.
- -funsafe-loop-optimizations
- If given, the loop optimizer will assume that loop indices do not
overflow, and that the loops with nontrivial exit condition are not
infinite. This enables a wider range of loop optimizations even if the
loop optimizer itself cannot prove that these assumptions are valid. Using
-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations, the compiler will warn you if it finds
this kind of loop.
- -fcrossjumping
- Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transformation unifies
equivalent code and save code size. The resulting code may or may not
perform better than without cross-jumping.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fif-conversion
- Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents. This
include use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags and abs
instructions, and some tricks doable by standard arithmetics. The use of
conditional execution on chips where it is available is controlled by
"if-conversion2".
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -fif-conversion2
- Use conditional execution (where available) to transform conditional jumps
into branch-less equivalents.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -fdelete-null-pointer-checks
- Use global dataflow analysis to identify and eliminate useless checks for
null pointers. The compiler assumes that dereferencing a null pointer
would have halted the program. If a pointer is checked after it has
already been dereferenced, it cannot be null.
In some environments, this assumption is not true, and
programs can safely dereference null pointers. Use
-fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimization for
programs which depend on that behavior.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fexpensive-optimizations
- Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -foptimize-register-move
- -fregmove
- Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as operands
of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of register
tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
instructions.
Note -fregmove and -foptimize-register-move are
the same optimization.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fdelayed-branch
- If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch instructions.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -fschedule-insns
- If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
or floating point instruction is required.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fschedule-insns2
- Similar to -fschedule-insns, but requests an additional pass of
instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of registers
and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fno-sched-interblock
- Don't schedule instructions across basic blocks. This is normally enabled
by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
- -fno-sched-spec
- Don't allow speculative motion of non-load instructions. This is normally
enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
- -fsched-spec-load
- Allow speculative motion of some load instructions. This only makes sense
when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
- -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
- Allow speculative motion of more load instructions. This only makes sense
when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns or at -O2 or higher.
- -fsched-stalled-insns=n
- Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the queue of
stalled insns into the ready list, during the second scheduling pass.
- -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n
- Define how many insn groups (cycles) will be examined for a dependency on
a stalled insn that is candidate for premature removal from the queue of
stalled insns. Has an effect only during the second scheduling pass, and
only if -fsched-stalled-insns is used and its value is not
zero.
- -fsched2-use-superblocks
- When scheduling after register allocation, do use superblock scheduling
algorithm. Superblock scheduling allows motion across basic block
boundaries resulting on faster schedules. This option is experimental, as
not all machine descriptions used by GCC model the CPU closely enough to
avoid unreliable results from the algorithm.
This only makes sense when scheduling after register
allocation, i.e. with -fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or
higher.
- -fsched2-use-traces
- Use -fsched2-use-superblocks algorithm when scheduling after
register allocation and additionally perform code duplication in order to
increase the size of superblocks using tracer pass. See -ftracer
for details on trace formation.
This mode should produce faster but significantly longer
programs. Also without -fbranch-probabilities the traces
constructed may not match the reality and hurt the performance. This
only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns2 or at -O2 or higher.
- -fsee
- Eliminates redundant extension instructions and move the non redundant
ones to optimal placement using LCM.
- -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops
- The modulo scheduling comes before the traditional scheduling, if a loop
was modulo scheduled we may want to prevent the later scheduling passes
from changing its schedule, we use this option to control that.
- -fcaller-saves
- Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it seems to
result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
This option is always enabled by default on certain machines,
usually those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -ftree-pre
- Perform Partial Redundancy Elimination (PRE) on trees. This flag is
enabled by default at -O2 and -O3.
- -ftree-fre
- Perform Full Redundancy Elimination (FRE) on trees. The difference between
FRE and PRE is that FRE only considers expressions that are computed on
all paths leading to the redundant computation. This analysis faster than
PRE, though it exposes fewer redundancies. This flag is enabled by default
at -O and higher.
- -ftree-copy-prop
- Perform copy propagation on trees. This pass eliminates unnecessary copy
operations. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
- -ftree-store-copy-prop
- Perform copy propagation of memory loads and stores. This pass eliminates
unnecessary copy operations in memory references (structures, global
variables, arrays, etc). This flag is enabled by default at -O2 and
higher.
- -ftree-salias
- Perform structural alias analysis on trees. This flag is enabled by
default at -O and higher.
- -fipa-pta
- Perform interprocedural pointer analysis.
- -ftree-sink
- Perform forward store motion on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
- -ftree-ccp
- Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees. This pass
only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
- -ftree-store-ccp
- Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees. This pass
operates on both local scalar variables and memory stores and loads
(global variables, structures, arrays, etc). This flag is enabled by
default at -O2 and higher.
- -ftree-dce
- Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on trees. This flag is enabled by
default at -O and higher.
- -ftree-dominator-opts
- Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy propagation,
redundancy elimination, range propagation and expression simplification)
based on a dominator tree traversal. This also performs jump threading (to
reduce jumps to jumps). This flag is enabled by default at -O and
higher.
- -ftree-ch
- Perform loop header copying on trees. This is beneficial since it
increases effectiveness of code motion optimizations. It also saves one
jump. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher. It is not
enabled for -Os, since it usually increases code size.
- -ftree-loop-optimize
- Perform loop optimizations on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
- -ftree-loop-linear
- Perform linear loop transformations on tree. This flag can improve cache
performance and allow further loop optimizations to take place.
- -ftree-loop-im
- Perform loop invariant motion on trees. This pass moves only invariants
that would be hard to handle at RTL level (function calls, operations that
expand to nontrivial sequences of insns). With -funswitch-loops it
also moves operands of conditions that are invariant out of the loop, so
that we can use just trivial invariantness analysis in loop unswitching.
The pass also includes store motion.
- -ftree-loop-ivcanon
- Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in the loop for that
determining number of iterations requires complicated analysis. Later
optimizations then may determine the number easily. Useful especially in
connection with unrolling.
- -fivopts
- Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction, induction
variable merging and induction variable elimination) on trees.
- -ftree-sra
- Perform scalar replacement of aggregates. This pass replaces structure
references with scalars to prevent committing structures to memory too
early. This flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
- -ftree-copyrename
- Perform copy renaming on trees. This pass attempts to rename compiler
temporaries to other variables at copy locations, usually resulting in
variable names which more closely resemble the original variables. This
flag is enabled by default at -O and higher.
- -ftree-ter
- Perform temporary expression replacement during the SSA->normal phase.
Single use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use location with
their defining expression. This results in non-GIMPLE code, but gives the
expanders much more complex trees to work on resulting in better RTL
generation. This is enabled by default at -O and higher.
- -ftree-lrs
- Perform live range splitting during the SSA->normal phase. Distinct
live ranges of a variable are split into unique variables, allowing for
better optimization later. This is enabled by default at -O and
higher.
- -ftree-vectorize
- Perform loop vectorization on trees.
- -ftree-vect-loop-version
- Perform loop versioning when doing loop vectorization on trees. When a
loop appears to be vectorizable except that data alignment or data
dependence cannot be determined at compile time then vectorized and
non-vectorized versions of the loop are generated along with runtime
checks for alignment or dependence to control which version is executed.
This option is enabled by default except at level -Os where it is
disabled.
- -ftree-vrp
- Perform Value Range Propagation on trees. This is similar to the constant
propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values are propagated.
This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary range checks like array
bound checks and null pointer checks. This is enabled by default at
-O2 and higher. Null pointer check elimination is only done if
-fdelete-null-pointer-checks is enabled.
- -ftracer
- Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations
to do better job.
- -funroll-loops
- Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time
or upon entry to the loop. -funroll-loops implies
-frerun-cse-after-loop. This option makes code larger, and may or
may not make it run faster.
- -funroll-all-loops
- Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when the
loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
-funroll-all-loops implies the same options as
-funroll-loops,
- -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller
- Enables expressing of values of induction variables in later iterations of
the unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration. This breaks long
dependency chains, thus improving efficiency of the scheduling passes.
Combination of -fweb and CSE is often sufficient to
obtain the same effect. However in cases the loop body is more
complicated than a single basic block, this is not reliable. It also
does not work at all on some of the architectures due to restrictions in
the CSE pass.
This optimization is enabled by default.
- -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller
- With this option, the compiler will create multiple copies of some local
variables when unrolling a loop which can result in superior code.
- -fprefetch-loop-arrays
- If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to prefetch
memory to improve the performance of loops that access large arrays.
This option may generate better or worse code; results are
highly dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
Disabled at level -Os.
- -fno-peephole
- -fno-peephole2
- Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations. The difference
between -fno-peephole and -fno-peephole2 is in how they are
implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the other, a
few use both.
-fpeephole is enabled by default. -fpeephole2
enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fno-guess-branch-probability
- Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.
GCC will use heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they
are not provided by profiling feedback (-fprofile-arcs). These
heuristics are based on the control flow graph. If some branch
probabilities are specified by __builtin_expect, then the
heuristics will be used to guess branch probabilities for the rest of
the control flow graph, taking the __builtin_expect info into
account. The interactions between the heuristics and
__builtin_expect can be complex, and in some cases, it may be
useful to disable the heuristics so that the effects of
__builtin_expect are easier to understand.
The default is -fguess-branch-probability at levels
-O, -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -freorder-blocks
- Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce number of
taken branches and improve code locality.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
- -freorder-blocks-and-partition
- In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in order
to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold basic blocks
into separate sections of the assembly and .o files, to improve paging and
cache locality performance.
This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence
of exception handling, for linkonce sections, for functions with a
user-defined section attribute and on any architecture that does not
support named sections.
- -freorder-functions
- Reorder functions in the object file in order to improve code locality.
This is implemented by using special subsections
".text.hot" for most frequently executed
functions and ".text.unlikely" for
unlikely executed functions. Reordering is done by the linker so object
file format must support named sections and linker must place them in a
reasonable way.
Also profile feedback must be available in to make this option
effective. See -fprofile-arcs for details.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fstrict-aliasing
- Allows the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
the language being compiled. For C (and C++), this activates optimizations
based on the type of expressions. In particular, an object of one type is
assumed never to reside at the same address as an object of a different
type, unless the types are almost the same. For example, an
"unsigned int" can alias an
"int", but not a
"void*" or a
"double". A character type may alias any
other type.
Pay special attention to code like this:
union a_union {
int i;
double d;
};
int f() {
a_union t;
t.d = 3.0;
return t.i;
}
The practice of reading from a different union member than the
one most recently written to (called "type-punning") is
common. Even with -fstrict-aliasing, type-punning is allowed,
provided the memory is accessed through the union type. So, the code
above will work as expected. However, this code might not:
int f() {
a_union t;
int* ip;
t.d = 3.0;
ip = &t.i;
return *ip;
}
Every language that wishes to perform language-specific alias
analysis should define a function that computes, given an
"tree" node, an alias set for the
node. Nodes in different alias sets are not allowed to alias. For an
example, see the C front-end function
"c_get_alias_set".
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
- -fstrict-overflow
- Allow the compiler to assume strict signed overflow rules, depending on
the language being compiled. For C (and C++) this means that overflow when
doing arithmetic with signed numbers is undefined, which means that the
compiler may assume that it will not happen. This permits various
optimizations. For example, the compiler will assume that an expression
like "i + 10 > i" will always be true
for signed "i". This assumption is only
valid if signed overflow is undefined, as the expression is false if
"i + 10" overflows when using twos
complement arithmetic. When this option is in effect any attempt to
determine whether an operation on signed numbers will overflow must be
written carefully to not actually involve overflow.
See also the -fwrapv option. Using -fwrapv means
that signed overflow is fully defined: it wraps. When -fwrapv is
used, there is no difference between -fstrict-overflow and
-fno-strict-overflow. With -fwrapv certain types of
overflow are permitted. For example, if the compiler gets an overflow
when doing arithmetic on constants, the overflowed value can still be
used with -fwrapv, but not otherwise.
The -fstrict-overflow option is enabled at levels
-O2, -O3, -Os.
- -falign-functions
- -falign-functions=n
- Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
n, skipping up to n bytes. For instance,
-falign-functions=32 aligns functions to the next 32-byte boundary,
but -falign-functions=24 would align to the next 32-byte boundary
only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.
-fno-align-functions and -falign-functions=1 are
equivalent and mean that functions will not be aligned.
Some assemblers only support this flag when n is a
power of two; in that case, it is rounded up.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a
machine-dependent default.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
- -falign-labels
- -falign-labels=n
- Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
n bytes like -falign-functions. This option can easily make
code slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the branch
target is reached in the usual flow of the code.
-fno-align-labels and -falign-labels=1 are
equivalent and mean that labels will not be aligned.
If -falign-loops or -falign-jumps are applicable
and are greater than this value, then their values are used instead.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a
machine-dependent default which is very likely to be 1, meaning
no alignment.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
- -falign-loops
- -falign-loops=n
- Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to n bytes like
-falign-functions. The hope is that the loop will be executed many
times, which will make up for any execution of the dummy operations.
-fno-align-loops and -falign-loops=1 are
equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a
machine-dependent default.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
- -falign-jumps
- -falign-jumps=n
- Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets where
the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to n bytes
like -falign-functions. In this case, no dummy operations need be
executed.
-fno-align-jumps and -falign-jumps=1 are
equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
If n is not specified or is zero, use a
machine-dependent default.
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
- -funit-at-a-time
- Parse the whole compilation unit before starting to produce code. This
allows some extra optimizations to take place but consumes more memory (in
general). There are some compatibility issues with unit-at-a-time
mode:
- enabling unit-at-a-time mode may change the order in which
functions, variables, and top-level
"asm" statements are emitted, and will
likely break code relying on some particular ordering. The majority of
such top-level "asm" statements, though,
can be replaced by "section" attributes.
The fno-toplevel-reorder option may be used to keep the ordering
used in the input file, at the cost of some optimizations.
- unit-at-a-time mode removes unreferenced static variables and
functions. This may result in undefined references when an
"asm" statement refers directly to
variables or functions that are otherwise unused. In that case either the
variable/function shall be listed as an operand of the
"asm" statement operand or, in the case
of top-level "asm" statements the
attribute "used" shall be used on the
declaration.
- Static functions now can use non-standard passing conventions that may
break "asm" statements calling functions
directly. Again, attribute "used" will
prevent this behavior.
As a temporary workaround, -fno-unit-at-a-time can be used,
but this scheme may not be supported by future releases of GCC.
Enabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -fno-toplevel-reorder
- Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and
"asm" statements. Output them in the
same order that they appear in the input file. When this option is used,
unreferenced static variables will not be removed. This option is intended
to support existing code which relies on a particular ordering. For new
code, it is better to use attributes.
- -fweb
- Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes and
assign each web individual pseudo register. This allows the register
allocation pass to operate on pseudos directly, but also strengthens
several other optimization passes, such as CSE, loop optimizer and trivial
dead code remover. It can, however, make debugging impossible, since
variables will no longer stay in a "home register".
Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.
- -fwhole-program
- Assume that the current compilation unit represents whole program being
compiled. All public functions and variables with the exception of
"main" and those merged by attribute
"externally_visible" become static
functions and in a affect gets more aggressively optimized by
interprocedural optimizers. While this option is equivalent to proper use
of "static" keyword for programs
consisting of single file, in combination with option --combine
this flag can be used to compile most of smaller scale C programs since
the functions and variables become local for the whole combined
compilation unit, not for the single source file itself.
- -fno-cprop-registers
- After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction
splitting, we perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce scheduling
dependencies and occasionally eliminate the copy.
Disabled at levels -O, -O2, -O3,
-Os.
- -fprofile-generate
- Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to produce
profile useful for later recompilation with profile feedback based
optimization. You must use -fprofile-generate both when compiling
and when linking your program.
The following options are enabled:
"-fprofile-arcs",
"-fprofile-values",
"-fvpt".
- -fprofile-use
- Enable profile feedback directed optimizations, and optimizations
generally profitable only with profile feedback available.
The following options are enabled:
"-fbranch-probabilities",
"-fvpt",
"-funroll-loops",
"-fpeel-loops",
"-ftracer"
The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating
point arithmetic. These options trade off between speed and correctness. All
must be specifically enabled.
- -ffloat-store
- Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit other
options that might change whether a floating point value is taken from a
register or memory.
This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines
such as the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
precision than a "double" is supposed
to have. Similarly for the x86 architecture. For most programs, the
excess precision does only good, but a few programs rely on the precise
definition of IEEE floating point. Use -ffloat-store for such
programs, after modifying them to store all pertinent intermediate
computations into variables.
- -ffast-math
- Sets -fno-math-errno, -funsafe-math-optimizations,
-fno-trapping-math, -ffinite-math-only,
-fno-rounding-math, -fno-signaling-nans and
fcx-limited-range.
This option causes the preprocessor macro
"__FAST_MATH__" to be defined.
This option should never be turned on by any -O option
since it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an
exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
functions.
- -fno-math-errno
- Do not set ERRNO after calling math functions that are executed with a
single instruction, e.g., sqrt. A program that relies on IEEE exceptions
for math error handling may want to use this flag for speed while
maintaining IEEE arithmetic compatibility.
This option should never be turned on by any -O option
since it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an
exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
functions.
The default is -fmath-errno.
On Darwin systems, the math library never sets
"errno". There is therefore no reason
for the compiler to consider the possibility that it might, and
-fno-math-errno is the default.
- -funsafe-math-optimizations
- Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume that
arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate IEEE or ANSI
standards. When used at link-time, it may include libraries or startup
files that change the default FPU control word or other similar
optimizations.
This option should never be turned on by any -O option
since it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an
exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
functions.
The default is -fno-unsafe-math-optimizations.
- -ffinite-math-only
- Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume that
arguments and results are not NaNs or +-Infs.
This option should never be turned on by any -O option
since it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an
exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications.
The default is -fno-finite-math-only.
- -fno-trapping-math
- Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate
user-visible traps. These traps include division by zero, overflow,
underflow, inexact result and invalid operation. This option implies
-fno-signaling-nans. Setting this option may allow faster code if
one relies on "non-stop" IEEE arithmetic, for example.
This option should never be turned on by any -O option
since it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on an
exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math
functions.
The default is -ftrapping-math.
- -frounding-math
- Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default floating
point rounding behavior. This is round-to-zero for all floating point to
integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all other arithmetic
truncations. This option should be specified for programs that change the
FP rounding mode dynamically, or that may be executed with a non-default
rounding mode. This option disables constant folding of floating point
expressions at compile-time (which may be affected by rounding mode) and
arithmetic transformations that are unsafe in the presence of
sign-dependent rounding modes.
The default is -fno-rounding-math.
This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee
to disable all GCC optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.
Future versions of GCC may provide finer control of this setting using
C99's "FENV_ACCESS" pragma. This
command line option will be used to specify the default state for
"FENV_ACCESS".
- -frtl-abstract-sequences
- It is a size optimization method. This option is to find identical
sequences of code, which can be turned into pseudo-procedures and then
replace all occurrences with calls to the newly created subroutine. It is
kind of an opposite of -finline-functions. This optimization runs
at RTL level.
- -fsignaling-nans
- Compile code assuming that IEEE signaling NaNs may generate user-visible
traps during floating-point operations. Setting this option disables
optimizations that may change the number of exceptions visible with
signaling NaNs. This option implies -ftrapping-math.
This option causes the preprocessor macro
"__SUPPORT_SNAN__" to be defined.
The default is -fno-signaling-nans.
This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee
to disable all GCC optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.
- -fsingle-precision-constant
- Treat floating point constant as single precision constant instead of
implicitly converting it to double precision constant.
- -fcx-limited-range
- -fno-cx-limited-range
- When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not needed
when performing complex division. The default is
-fno-cx-limited-range, but is enabled by -ffast-math.
This option controls the default setting of the ISO C99
"CX_LIMITED_RANGE" pragma.
Nevertheless, the option applies to all languages.
The following options control optimizations that may improve
performance, but are not enabled by any -O options. This section
includes experimental options that may produce broken code.
- -fbranch-probabilities
- After running a program compiled with -fprofile-arcs, you can
compile it a second time using -fbranch-probabilities, to improve
optimizations based on the number of times each branch was taken. When the
program compiled with -fprofile-arcs exits it saves arc execution
counts to a file called sourcename.gcda for each
source file The information in this data file is very dependent on the
structure of the generated code, so you must use the same source code and
the same optimization options for both compilations.
With -fbranch-probabilities, GCC puts a
REG_BR_PROB note on each JUMP_INSN and CALL_INSN.
These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only used
in one place: in reorg.c, instead of guessing which path a branch
is mostly to take, the REG_BR_PROB values are used to exactly
determine which path is taken more often.
- -fprofile-values
- If combined with -fprofile-arcs, it adds code so that some data
about values of expressions in the program is gathered.
With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data
gathered from profiling values of expressions and adds
REG_VALUE_PROFILE notes to instructions for their later usage in
optimizations.
Enabled with -fprofile-generate and
-fprofile-use.
- -fvpt
- If combined with -fprofile-arcs, it instructs the compiler to add a
code to gather information about values of expressions.
With -fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data
gathered and actually performs the optimizations based on them.
Currently the optimizations include specialization of division operation
using the knowledge about the value of the denominator.
- -frename-registers
- Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use of
registers left over after register allocation. This optimization will most
benefit processors with lots of registers. Depending on the debug
information format adopted by the target, however, it can make debugging
impossible, since variables will no longer stay in a "home
register".
Enabled by default with -funroll-loops.
- -ftracer
- Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations
to do better job.
Enabled with -fprofile-use.
- -funroll-loops
- Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time
or upon entry to the loop. -funroll-loops implies
-frerun-cse-after-loop, -fweb and -frename-registers.
It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops
with small constant number of iterations). This option makes code larger,
and may or may not make it run faster.
Enabled with -fprofile-use.
- -funroll-all-loops
- Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when the
loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
-funroll-all-loops implies the same options as
-funroll-loops.
- -fpeel-loops
- Peels the loops for that there is enough information that they do not roll
much (from profile feedback). It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e.
complete removal of loops with small constant number of iterations).
Enabled with -fprofile-use.
- -fmove-loop-invariants
- Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the RTL loop optimizer. Enabled
at level -O1
- -funswitch-loops
- Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with
duplicates of the loop on both branches (modified according to result of
the condition).
- -ffunction-sections
- -fdata-sections
- Place each function or data item into its own section in the output file
if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the function or the
name of the data item determines the section's name in the output file.
Use these options on systems where the linker can perform
optimizations to improve locality of reference in the instruction space.
Most systems using the ELF object format and SPARC processors running
Solaris 2 have linkers with such optimizations. AIX may have these
optimizations in the future.
Only use these options when there are significant benefits
from doing so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker
will create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
You will not be able to use "gprof" on
all systems if you specify this option and you may have problems with
debugging if you specify both this option and -g.
- -fbranch-target-load-optimize
- Perform branch target register load optimization before prologue /
epilogue threading. The use of target registers can typically be exposed
only during reload, thus hoisting loads out of loops and doing inter-block
scheduling needs a separate optimization pass.
- -fbranch-target-load-optimize2
- Perform branch target register load optimization after prologue / epilogue
threading.
- -fbtr-bb-exclusive
- When performing branch target register load optimization, don't reuse
branch target registers in within any basic block.
- -fstack-protector
- Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing
attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to functions with
vulnerable objects. This includes functions that call alloca, and
functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes. The guards are initialized
when a function is entered and then checked when the function exits. If a
guard check fails, an error message is printed and the program exits.
- -fstack-protector-all
- Like -fstack-protector except that all functions are
protected.
- -fstack-protector-strong
- Like -fstack-protector but includes additional functions to be
protected --- those that have local array definitions, or have references
to local frame addresses.
- -fsection-anchors
- Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using shared
"anchor" symbols to address nearby objects. This transformation
can help to reduce the number of GOT entries and GOT accesses on some
targets.
For example, the implementation of the following function
"foo":
static int a, b, c;
int foo (void) { return a + b + c; }
would usually calculate the addresses of all three variables,
but if you compile it with -fsection-anchors, it will access the
variables from a common anchor point instead. The effect is similar to
the following pseudocode (which isn't valid C):
int foo (void)
{
register int *xr = &x;
return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
}
Not all targets support this option.
- --param
name=value
- In some places, GCC uses various constants to control the amount of
optimization that is done. For example, GCC will not inline functions that
contain more that a certain number of instructions. You can control some
of these constants on the command-line using the --param option.
The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the
values, are tied to the internals of the compiler, and are subject to
change without notice in future releases.
In each case, the value is an integer. The allowable
choices for name are given in the following table:
- salias-max-implicit-fields
- The maximum number of fields in a variable without direct structure
accesses for which structure aliasing will consider trying to track each
field. The default is 5
- salias-max-array-elements
- The maximum number of elements an array can have and its elements still be
tracked individually by structure aliasing. The default is 4
- sra-max-structure-size
- The maximum structure size, in bytes, at which the scalar replacement of
aggregates (SRA) optimization will perform block copies. The default
value, 0, implies that GCC will select the most appropriate size
itself.
- sra-field-structure-ratio
- The threshold ratio (as a percentage) between instantiated fields and the
complete structure size. We say that if the ratio of the number of bytes
in instantiated fields to the number of bytes in the complete structure
exceeds this parameter, then block copies are not used. The default is
75.
- max-crossjump-edges
- The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for crossjumping. The
algorithm used by -fcrossjumping is O(N^2) in the number of edges
incoming to each block. Increasing values mean more aggressive
optimization, making the compile time increase with probably small
improvement in executable size.
- min-crossjump-insns
- The minimum number of instructions which must be matched at the end of two
blocks before crossjumping will be performed on them. This value is
ignored in the case where all instructions in the block being crossjumped
from are matched. The default value is 5.
- max-grow-copy-bb-insns
- The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic blocks instead
of jumping. The expansion is relative to a jump instruction. The default
value is 8.
- max-goto-duplication-insns
- The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that jumps to a
computed goto. To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number of passes, GCC factors
computed gotos early in the compilation process, and unfactors them as
late as possible. Only computed jumps at the end of a basic blocks with no
more than max-goto-duplication-insns are unfactored. The default value is
8.
- max-delay-slot-insn-search
- The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for an
instruction to fill a delay slot. If more than this arbitrary number of
instructions is searched, the time savings from filling the delay slot
will be minimal so stop searching. Increasing values mean more aggressive
optimization, making the compile time increase with probably small
improvement in executable run time.
- max-delay-slot-live-search
- When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instructions to
consider when searching for a block with valid live register information.
Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value means more aggressive
optimization, increasing the compile time. This parameter should be
removed when the delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the control-flow
graph.
- max-gcse-memory
- The approximate maximum amount of memory that will be allocated in order
to perform the global common subexpression elimination optimization. If
more memory than specified is required, the optimization will not be
done.
- max-gcse-passes
- The maximum number of passes of GCSE to run. The default is 1.
- max-pending-list-length
- The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling will allow before
flushing the current state and starting over. Large functions with few
branches or calls can create excessively large lists which needlessly
consume memory and resources.
- max-inline-insns-single
- Several parameters control the tree inliner used in gcc. This number sets
the maximum number of instructions (counted in GCC's internal
representation) in a single function that the tree inliner will consider
for inlining. This only affects functions declared inline and methods
implemented in a class declaration (C++). The default value is 450.
- max-inline-insns-auto
- When you use -finline-functions (included in -O3), a lot of
functions that would otherwise not be considered for inlining by the
compiler will be investigated. To those functions, a different (more
restrictive) limit compared to functions declared inline can be applied.
The default value is 90.
- large-function-insns
- The limit specifying really large functions. For functions larger than
this limit after inlining inlining is constrained by --param
large-function-growth. This parameter is useful primarily to avoid
extreme compilation time caused by non-linear algorithms used by the
backend. This parameter is ignored when -funit-at-a-time is not
used. The default value is 2700.
- large-function-growth
- Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining in percents.
This parameter is ignored when -funit-at-a-time is not used. The
default value is 100 which limits large function growth to 2.0 times the
original size.
- large-unit-insns
- The limit specifying large translation unit. Growth caused by inlining of
units larger than this limit is limited by --param
inline-unit-growth. For small units this might be too tight (consider
unit consisting of function A that is inline and B that just calls A three
time. If B is small relative to A, the growth of unit is 300\% and yet
such inlining is very sane. For very large units consisting of small
inlininable functions however the overall unit growth limit is needed to
avoid exponential explosion of code size. Thus for smaller units, the size
is increased to --param large-unit-insns before applying --param
inline-unit-growth. The default is 10000
- inline-unit-growth
- Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by
inlining. This parameter is ignored when -funit-at-a-time is not
used. The default value is 50 which limits unit growth to 1.5 times the
original size.
- max-inline-insns-recursive
- max-inline-insns-recursive-auto
- Specifies maximum number of instructions out-of-line copy of self
recursive inline function can grow into by performing recursive inlining.
For functions declared inline --param
max-inline-insns-recursive is taken into account. For function not
declared inline, recursive inlining happens only when
-finline-functions (included in -O3) is enabled and
--param max-inline-insns-recursive-auto is used. The default
value is 450.
- max-inline-recursive-depth
- max-inline-recursive-depth-auto
- Specifies maximum recursion depth used by the recursive inlining.
For functions declared inline --param
max-inline-recursive-depth is taken into account. For function not
declared inline, recursive inlining happens only when
-finline-functions (included in -O3) is enabled and
--param max-inline-recursive-depth-auto is used. The default
value is 450.
- min-inline-recursive-probability
- Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep recursion
in average and can hurt for function having little recursion depth by
increasing the prologue size or complexity of function body to other
optimizers.
When profile feedback is available (see
-fprofile-generate) the actual recursion depth can be guessed
from probability that function will recurse via given call expression.
This parameter limits inlining only to call expression whose probability
exceeds given threshold (in percents). The default value is 10.
- inline-call-cost
- Specify cost of call instruction relative to simple arithmetics operations
(having cost of 1). Increasing this cost disqualifies inlining of non-leaf
functions and at the same time increases size of leaf function that is
believed to reduce function size by being inlined. In effect it increases
amount of inlining for code having large abstraction penalty (many
functions that just pass the arguments to other functions) and decrease
inlining for code with low abstraction penalty. The default value is
16.
- max-unrolled-insns
- The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop is
unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled, it determines how many times the
loop code is unrolled.
- max-average-unrolled-insns
- The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of their
execution that a loop should have if that loop is unrolled, and if the
loop is unrolled, it determines how many times the loop code is
unrolled.
- max-unroll-times
- The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.
- max-peeled-insns
- The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop is
peeled, and if the loop is peeled, it determines how many times the loop
code is peeled.
- max-peel-times
- The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.
- max-completely-peeled-insns
- The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.
- max-completely-peel-times
- The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete
peeling.
- max-unswitch-insns
- The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.
- max-unswitch-level
- The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.
- lim-expensive
- The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop invariant
motion.
- iv-consider-all-candidates-bound
- Bound on number of candidates for induction variables below that all
candidates are considered for each use in induction variable
optimizations. Only the most relevant candidates are considered if there
are more candidates, to avoid quadratic time complexity.
- iv-max-considered-uses
- The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that contain more
induction variable uses.
- iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound
- If number of candidates in the set is smaller than this value, we always
try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set during its optimization when a
new iv is added to the set.
- scev-max-expr-size
- Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions analyzer. Large
expressions slow the analyzer.
- vect-max-version-checks
- The maximum number of runtime checks that can be performed when doing loop
versioning in the vectorizer. See option ftree-vect-loop-version for more
information.
- max-iterations-to-track
- The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute force algorithm for
analysis of # of iterations of the loop tries to evaluate.
- hot-bb-count-fraction
- Select fraction of the maximal count of repetitions of basic block in
program given basic block needs to have to be considered hot.
- hot-bb-frequency-fraction
- Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of basic block in
function given basic block needs to have to be considered hot
- max-predicted-iterations
- The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically. This is
useful in cases where function contain single loop with known bound and
other loop with unknown. We predict the known number of iterations
correctly, while the unknown number of iterations average to roughly 10.
This means that the loop without bounds would appear artificially cold
relative to the other one.
- tracer-dynamic-coverage
- tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback
- This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given percentage
of executed instructions is covered. This limits unnecessary code size
expansion.
The tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback is used only when
profile feedback is available. The real profiles (as opposed to
statically estimated ones) are much less balanced allowing the threshold
to be larger value.
- tracer-max-code-growth
- Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given percentage. This
is rather hokey argument, as most of the duplicates will be eliminated
later in cross jumping, so it may be set to much higher values than is the
desired code growth.
- tracer-min-branch-ratio
- Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge is less than
this threshold (in percent).
- tracer-min-branch-ratio
- tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback
- Stop forward growth if the best edge do have probability lower than this
threshold.
Similarly to tracer-dynamic-coverage two values are
present, one for compilation for profile feedback and one for
compilation without. The value for compilation with profile feedback
needs to be more conservative (higher) in order to make tracer
effective.
- max-cse-path-length
- Maximum number of basic blocks on path that cse considers. The default is
10.
- max-cse-insns
- The maximum instructions CSE process before flushing. The default is
1000.
- global-var-threshold
- Counts the number of function calls (n) and the number of
call-clobbered variables (v). If nxv is larger than
this limit, a single artificial variable will be created to represent all
the call-clobbered variables at function call sites. This artificial
variable will then be made to alias every call-clobbered variable. (done
as "int * size_t" on the host machine;
beware overflow).
- max-aliased-vops
- Maximum number of virtual operands allowed to represent aliases before
triggering the alias grouping heuristic. Alias grouping reduces compile
times and memory consumption needed for aliasing at the expense of
precision loss in alias information.
- ggc-min-expand
- GCC uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory allocation. This
parameter specifies the minimum percentage by which the garbage
collector's heap should be allowed to expand between collections. Tuning
this may improve compilation speed; it has no effect on code generation.
The default is 30% + 70% * (RAM/1GB) with an upper bound of
100% when RAM >= 1GB. If
"getrlimit" is available, the notion
of "RAM" is the smallest of actual RAM and
"RLIMIT_DATA" or
"RLIMIT_AS". If GCC is not able to
calculate RAM on a particular platform, the lower bound of 30% is used.
Setting this parameter and ggc-min-heapsize to zero causes a full
collection to occur at every opportunity. This is extremely slow, but
can be useful for debugging.
- ggc-min-heapsize
- Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap before it begins bothering to
collect garbage. The first collection occurs after the heap expands by
ggc-min-expand% beyond ggc-min-heapsize. Again, tuning this
may improve compilation speed, and has no effect on code generation.
The default is the smaller of RAM/8, RLIMIT_RSS, or a limit
which tries to ensure that RLIMIT_DATA or RLIMIT_AS are not exceeded,
but with a lower bound of 4096 (four megabytes) and an upper bound of
131072 (128 megabytes). If GCC is not able to calculate RAM on a
particular platform, the lower bound is used. Setting this parameter
very large effectively disables garbage collection. Setting this
parameter and ggc-min-expand to zero causes a full collection to
occur at every opportunity.
- max-reload-search-insns
- The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward for
equivalent register. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization,
making the compile time increase with probably slightly better
performance. The default value is 100.
- max-cselib-memory-locations
- The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into account.
Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compile
time increase with probably slightly better performance. The default value
is 500.
- max-flow-memory-locations
- Similar as max-cselib-memory-locations but for dataflow liveness.
The default value is 100.
- reorder-blocks-duplicate
- reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback
- Used by basic block reordering pass to decide whether to use unconditional
branch or duplicate the code on its destination. Code is duplicated when
its estimated size is smaller than this value multiplied by the estimated
size of unconditional jump in the hot spots of the program.
The reorder-block-duplicate-feedback is used only when
profile feedback is available and may be set to higher values than
reorder-block-duplicate since information about the hot spots is
more accurate.
- max-sched-ready-insns
- The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the scheduler should
consider at any given time during the first scheduling pass. Increasing
values mean more thorough searches, making the compilation time increase
with probably little benefit. The default value is 100.
- max-sched-region-blocks
- The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for interblock
scheduling. The default value is 10.
- max-sched-region-insns
- The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for interblock
scheduling. The default value is 100.
- min-spec-prob
- The minimum probability (in percents) of reaching a source block for
interblock speculative scheduling. The default value is 40.
- max-sched-extend-regions-iters
- The maximum number of iterations through CFG to extend regions. 0 -
disable region extension, N - do at most N iterations. The default value
is 0.
- max-sched-insn-conflict-delay
- The maximum conflict delay for an insn to be considered for speculative
motion. The default value is 3.
- sched-spec-prob-cutoff
- The minimal probability of speculation success (in percents), so that
speculative insn will be scheduled. The default value is 40.
- max-last-value-rtl
- The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be recorded in an
expression in combiner for a pseudo register as last known value of that
register. The default is 10000.
- integer-share-limit
- Small integer constants can use a shared data structure, reducing the
compiler's memory usage and increasing its speed. This sets the maximum
value of a shared integer constant's. The default value is 256.
- min-virtual-mappings
- Specifies the minimum number of virtual mappings in the incremental SSA
updater that should be registered to trigger the virtual mappings
heuristic defined by virtual-mappings-ratio. The default value is
100.
- virtual-mappings-ratio
- If the number of virtual mappings is virtual-mappings-ratio bigger than
the number of virtual symbols to be updated, then the incremental SSA
updater switches to a full update for those symbols. The default ratio is
3.
- ssp-buffer-size
- The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that will receive stack smashing
protection when -fstack-protection is used.
- max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts
- Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to be
duplicated when threading jumps.
- max-fields-for-field-sensitive
- Maximum number of fields in a structure we will treat in a field sensitive
manner during pointer analysis.
Options Controlling the Preprocessor
These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C
source file before actual compilation.
If you use the -E option, nothing is done except
preprocessing. Some of these options make sense only together with -E
because they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
compilation.
You can use -Wp,option to bypass the
compiler driver and pass option directly through to the preprocessor.
If option contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the
commas. However, many options are modified, translated or interpreted by the
compiler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and -Wp
forcibly bypasses this phase. The preprocessor's direct interface is
undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible you should avoid
using -Wp and let the driver handle the options instead.
- -Xpreprocessor
option
- Pass option as an option to the preprocessor. You can use this to
supply system-specific preprocessor options which GCC does not know how to
recognize.
If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must
use -Xpreprocessor twice, once for the option and once for the
argument.
- -D name
- Predefine name as a macro, with definition
1.
- -D
name=definition
- The contents of definition are tokenized and processed as if they
appeared during translation phase three in a #define directive. In
particular, the definition will be truncated by embedded newline
characters.
If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or
shell-like program you may need to use the shell's quoting syntax to
protect characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell
syntax.
If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command
line, write its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the
equals sign (if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you
will need to quote the option. With sh and csh,
-D'name(args...)=definition'
works.
-D and -U options are processed in the order
they are given on the command line. All -imacros file and
-include file options are processed after all -D
and -U options.
- -U name
- Cancel any previous definition of name, either built in or provided
with a -D option.
- -undef
- Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The standard
predefined macros remain defined.
- -I dir
- Add the directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for
header files. Directories named by -I are searched before the
standard system include directories. If the directory dir is a
standard system include directory, the option is ignored to ensure that
the default search order for system directories and the special treatment
of system headers are not defeated .
- -o file
- Write output to file. This is the same as specifying file as
the second non-option argument to cpp. gcc has a different
interpretation of a second non-option argument, so you must use -o
to specify the output file.
- -Wall
- Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code. At
present this is -Wcomment, -Wtrigraphs, -Wmultichar
and a warning about integer promotion causing a change of sign in
"#if" expressions. Note that many of the
preprocessor's warnings are on by default and have no options to control
them.
- Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /*
comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a // comment.
(Both forms have the same effect.)
- -Wtrigraphs
- Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the program.
However, a trigraph that would form an escaped newline (??/ at the
end of a line) can, by changing where the comment begins or ends.
Therefore, only trigraphs that would form escaped newlines produce
warnings inside a comment.
This option is implied by -Wall. If -Wall is not
given, this option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To get
trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other -Wall
warnings, use -trigraphs -Wall -Wno-trigraphs.
- -Wtraditional
- Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
ISO C. Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C
equivalent, and problematic constructs which should be avoided.
- -Wimport
- Warn the first time #import is used.
- -Wundef
- Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in an
#if directive, outside of defined. Such identifiers are
replaced with zero.
- -Wunused-macros
- Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A macro is
used if it is expanded or tested for existence at least once. The
preprocessor will also warn if the macro has not been used at the time it
is redefined or undefined.
Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and
macros defined in include files are not warned about.
Note: If a macro is actually used, but only used in
skipped conditional blocks, then CPP will report it as unused. To avoid
the warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of the macro's
definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped block.
Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:
#if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
#endif
- -Wendif-labels
- Warn whenever an #else or an #endif are followed by text.
This usually happens in code of the form
#if FOO
...
#else FOO
...
#endif FOO
The second and third "FOO"
should be in comments, but often are not in older programs. This warning
is on by default.
- -Werror
- Make all warnings into hard errors. Source code which triggers warnings
will be rejected.
- -Wsystem-headers
- Issue warnings for code in system headers. These are normally unhelpful in
finding bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed. If you are
responsible for the system library, you may want to see them.
- -w
- Suppress all warnings, including those which GNU CPP issues by
default.
- -pedantic
- Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard. Some of them
are left out by default, since they trigger frequently on harmless
code.
- -pedantic-errors
- Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diagnostics
into errors. This includes mandatory diagnostics that GCC issues without
-pedantic but treats as warnings.
- -M
- Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule suitable
for make describing the dependencies of the main source file. The
preprocessor outputs one make rule containing the object file name
for that source file, a colon, and the names of all the included files,
including those coming from -include or -imacros command
line options.
Unless specified explicitly (with -MT or -MQ),
the object file name consists of the basename of the source file with
any suffix replaced with object file suffix. If there are many included
files then the rule is split into several lines using \-newline.
The rule has no commands.
This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output,
such as -dM. To avoid mixing such debug output with the
dependency rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output
file with -MF, or use an environment variable like
DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT. Debug output will still be sent to the
regular output stream as normal.
Passing -M to the driver implies -E, and
suppresses warnings with an implicit -w.
- -MM
- Like -M but do not mention header files that are found in system
header directories, nor header files that are included, directly or
indirectly, from such a header.
This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double
quotes in an #include directive does not in itself determine
whether that header will appear in -MM dependency output. This is
a slight change in semantics from GCC versions 3.0 and earlier.
- -MF file
- When used with -M or -MM, specifies a file to write the
dependencies to. If no -MF switch is given the preprocessor sends
the rules to the same place it would have sent preprocessed output.
When used with the driver options -MD or -MMD,
-MF overrides the default dependency output file.
- -MG
- In conjunction with an option such as -M requesting dependency
generation, -MG assumes missing header files are generated files
and adds them to the dependency list without raising an error. The
dependency filename is taken directly from the
"#include" directive without prepending
any path. -MG also suppresses preprocessed output, as a missing
header file renders this useless.
This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
- -MP
- This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for each dependency other
than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These dummy rules
work around errors make gives if you remove header files without
updating the Makefile to match.
This is typical output:
test.o: test.c test.h
test.h:
- -MT target
- Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By default
CPP takes the name of the main input file, including any path, deletes any
file suffix such as .c, and appends the platform's usual object
suffix. The result is the target.
An -MT option will set the target to be exactly the
string you specify. If you want multiple targets, you can specify them
as a single argument to -MT, or use multiple -MT
options.
For example, -MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' might give
$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
- -MQ target
- Same as -MT, but it quotes any characters which are special to
Make. -MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
$$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c
The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were
given with -MQ.
- -MD
- -MD is equivalent to -M -MF file, except that
-E is not implied. The driver determines file based on
whether an -o option is given. If it is, the driver uses its
argument but with a suffix of .d, otherwise it take the basename of
the input file and applies a .d suffix.
If -MD is used in conjunction with -E, any
-o switch is understood to specify the dependency output file,
but if used without -E, each -o is understood to specify a
target object file.
Since -E is not implied, -MD can be used to
generate a dependency output file as a side-effect of the compilation
process.
- -MMD
- Like -MD except mention only user header files, not system header
files.
- -fpch-deps
- When using precompiled headers, this flag will cause the dependency-output
flags to also list the files from the precompiled header's dependencies.
If not specified only the precompiled header would be listed and not the
files that were used to create it because those files are not consulted
when a precompiled header is used.
- -fpch-preprocess
- This option allows use of a precompiled header together with -E. It
inserts a special "#pragma",
"#pragma GCC pch_preprocess
"<filename>"" in the output to mark the place
where the precompiled header was found, and its filename. When
-fpreprocessed is in use, GCC recognizes this
"#pragma" and loads the PCH.
This option is off by default, because the resulting
preprocessed output is only really suitable as input to GCC. It is
switched on by -save-temps.
You should not write this
"#pragma" in your own code, but it is
safe to edit the filename if the PCH file is available in a different
location. The filename may be absolute or it may be relative to GCC's
current directory.
- -x c
- -x c++
- -x objective-c
- -x
assembler-with-cpp
- Specify the source language: C, C++, Objective-C, or assembly. This has
nothing to do with standards conformance or extensions; it merely selects
which base syntax to expect. If you give none of these options, cpp will
deduce the language from the extension of the source file: .c,
.cc, .m, or .S. Some other common extensions for C++
and assembly are also recognized. If cpp does not recognize the extension,
it will treat the file as C; this is the most generic mode.
Note: Previous versions of cpp accepted a -lang
option which selected both the language and the standards conformance
level. This option has been removed, because it conflicts with the
-l option.
- -std=standard
- -ansi
- Specify the standard to which the code should conform. Currently CPP knows
about C and C++ standards; others may be added in the future.
standard may be one of:
- "iso9899:1990"
- "c89"
- The ISO C standard from 1990. c89 is the customary shorthand for
this version of the standard.
The -ansi option is equivalent to -std=c89.
- "iso9899:199409"
- The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.
- "iso9899:1999"
- "c99"
- "iso9899:199x"
- "c9x"
- The revised ISO C standard, published in December 1999. Before
publication, this was known as C9X.
- "gnu89"
- The 1990 C standard plus GNU extensions. This is the default.
- "gnu99"
- "gnu9x"
- The 1999 C standard plus GNU extensions.
- "c++98"
- The 1998 ISO C++ standard plus amendments.
- "gnu++98"
- The same as -std=c++98 plus GNU extensions. This is the default for
C++ code.
- -I-
- Split the include path. Any directories specified with -I options
before -I- are searched only for headers requested with
"#include "file"";
they are not searched for
"#include <file>".
If additional directories are specified with -I options after the
-I-, those directories are searched for all #include
directives.
In addition, -I- inhibits the use of the directory of
the current file directory as the first search directory for
"#include "file"".
This option has been deprecated.
- -nostdinc
- Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only the
directories you have specified with -I options (and the directory
of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.
- -nostdinc++
- Do not search for header files in the C++-specific standard directories,
but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is used
when building the C++ library.)
- -include
file
- Process file as if "#include
"file"" appeared as the first line of the primary
source file. However, the first directory searched for file is the
preprocessor's working directory instead of the directory
containing the main source file. If not found there, it is searched for in
the remainder of the "#include
"..."" search chain as normal.
If multiple -include options are given, the files are
included in the order they appear on the command line.
- -imacros
file
- Exactly like -include, except that any output produced by scanning
file is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined. This allows
you to acquire all the macros from a header without also processing its
declarations.
All files specified by -imacros are processed before
all files specified by -include.
- -idirafter
dir
- Search dir for header files, but do it after all directories
specified with -I and the standard system directories have been
exhausted. dir is treated as a system include directory.
- -iprefix
prefix
- Specify prefix as the prefix for subsequent -iwithprefix
options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the
final /.
- -iwithprefix
dir
- -iwithprefixbefore
dir
- Append dir to the prefix specified previously with -iprefix,
and add the resulting directory to the include search path.
-iwithprefixbefore puts it in the same place -I would;
-iwithprefix puts it where -idirafter would.
- -isysroot
dir
- This option is like the --sysroot option, but applies only to
header files. See the --sysroot option for more information.
- -imultilib
dir
- Use dir as a subdirectory of the directory containing
target-specific C++ headers.
- -isystem
dir
- Search dir for header files, after all directories specified by
-I but before the standard system directories. Mark it as a system
directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as is applied to the
standard system directories.
- -iquote
dir
- Search dir only for header files requested with
"#include "file"";
they are not searched for
"#include <file>",
before all directories specified by -I and before the standard
system directories.
- -fdollars-in-identifiers
- Accept $ in identifiers.
- -fextended-identifiers
- Accept universal character names in identifiers. This option is
experimental; in a future version of GCC, it will be enabled by default
for C99 and C++.
- -fpreprocessed
- Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been
preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph
conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most directives.
The preprocessor still recognizes and removes comments, so that you can
pass a file preprocessed with -C to the compiler without problems.
In this mode the integrated preprocessor is little more than a tokenizer
for the front ends.
-fpreprocessed is implicit if the input file has one of
the extensions .i, .ii or .mi. These are the
extensions that GCC uses for preprocessed files created by
-save-temps.
- -ftabstop=width
- Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor report
correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the
line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option is
ignored. The default is 8.
- -fexec-charset=charset
- Set the execution character set, used for string and character constants.
The default is UTF-8. charset can be any encoding supported by the
system's "iconv" library routine.
- -fwide-exec-charset=charset
- Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and character
constants. The default is UTF-32 or UTF-16, whichever corresponds to the
width of "wchar_t". As with
-fexec-charset, charset can be any encoding supported by the
system's "iconv" library routine;
however, you will have problems with encodings that do not fit exactly in
"wchar_t".
- -finput-charset=charset
- Set the input character set, used for translation from the character set
of the input file to the source character set used by GCC. If the locale
does not specify, or GCC cannot get this information from the locale, the
default is UTF-8. This can be overridden by either the locale or this
command line option. Currently the command line option takes precedence if
there's a conflict. charset can be any encoding supported by the
system's "iconv" library routine.
- -fworking-directory
- Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will let
the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will emit,
after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the current working
directory followed by two slashes. GCC will use this directory, when it's
present in the preprocessed input, as the directory emitted as the current
working directory in some debugging information formats. This option is
implicitly enabled if debugging information is enabled, but this can be
inhibited with the negated form -fno-working-directory. If the
-P flag is present in the command line, this option has no effect,
since no "#line" directives are emitted
whatsoever.
- -fno-show-column
- Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary if
diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not understand the
column numbers, such as dejagnu.
- -A
predicate=answer
- Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer
answer. This form is preferred to the older form -A
predicate(answer), which is still supported,
because it does not use shell special characters.
- -A
-predicate=answer
- Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer
answer.
- -dCHARS
- CHARS is a sequence of one or more of the following characters, and
must not be preceded by a space. Other characters are interpreted by the
compiler proper, or reserved for future versions of GCC, and so are
silently ignored. If you specify characters whose behavior conflicts, the
result is undefined.
- M
- Instead of the normal output, generate a list of #define directives
for all the macros defined during the execution of the preprocessor,
including predefined macros. This gives you a way of finding out what is
predefined in your version of the preprocessor. Assuming you have no file
foo.h, the command
touch foo.h; cpp -dM foo.h
will show all the predefined macros.
- D
- Like M except in two respects: it does not include the
predefined macros, and it outputs both the #define
directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to the
standard output file.
- N
- Like D, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
- I
- Output #include directives in addition to the result of
preprocessing.
- -P
- Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor.
This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is
not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the
linemarkers.
- -C
- Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output
file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted along
with the directive.
You should be prepared for side effects when using -C;
it causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own
right. For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a
directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordinary
source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a
#.
- -CC
- Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is like
-C, except that comments contained within macros are also passed
through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
In addition to the side-effects of the -C option, the
-CC option causes all C++-style comments inside a macro to be
converted to C-style comments. This is to prevent later use of that
macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of the source
line.
The -CC option is generally used to support lint
comments.
- -traditional-cpp
- Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as opposed
to ISO C preprocessors.
- -trigraphs
- Process trigraph sequences. These are three-character sequences, all
starting with ??, that are defined by ISO C to stand for single
characters. For example, ??/ stands for \, so '??/n'
is a character constant for a newline. By default, GCC ignores trigraphs,
but in standard-conforming modes it converts them. See the -std and
-ansi options.
The nine trigraphs and their replacements are
Trigraph: ??( ??) ??< ??> ??= ??/ ??' ??! ??-
Replacement: [ ] { } # \ ^ ⎪ ~
- -remap
- Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very
short file names, such as MS-DOS.
- --help
- --target-help
- Print text describing all the command line options instead of
preprocessing anything.
- -v
- Verbose mode. Print out GNU CPP's version number at the beginning of
execution, and report the final form of the include path.
- -H
- Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the #include
stack it is. Precompiled header files are also printed, even if they are
found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled header file is printed with
...x and a valid one with ...! .
- -version
- --version
- Print out GNU CPP's version number. With one dash, proceed to preprocess
as normal. With two dashes, exit immediately.
Passing Options to the Assembler
You can pass options to the assembler.
- -Wa,option
- Pass option as an option to the assembler. If option
contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
- -Xassembler
option
- Pass option as an option to the assembler. You can use this to
supply system-specific assembler options which GCC does not know how to
recognize.
If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must
use -Xassembler twice, once for the option and once for the
argument.
Options for Linking
These options come into play when the compiler links object files
into an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is not
doing a link step.
- object-file-name
- A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is considered
to name an object file or library. (Object files are distinguished from
libraries by the linker according to the file contents.) If linking is
done, these object files are used as input to the linker.
- -c
- -S
- -E
- If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and object
file names should not be used as arguments.
- -llibrary
- -l
library
- Search the library named library when linking. (The second
alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for POSIX
compliance and is not recommended.)
It makes a difference where in the command you write this
option; the linker searches and processes libraries and object files in
the order they are specified. Thus, foo.o -lz bar.o searches
library z after file foo.o but before bar.o. If
bar.o refers to functions in z, those functions may not be
loaded.
The linker searches a standard list of directories for the
library, which is actually a file named
liblibrary.a. The linker then uses this file as if
it had been specified precisely by name.
The directories searched include several standard system
directories plus any that you specify with -L.
Normally the files found this way are library files---archive
files whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file
by scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
difference between using an -l option and specifying a file name
is that -l surrounds library with lib and .a
and searches several directories.
- -lobjc
- You need this special case of the -l option in order to link an
Objective-C or Objective-C++ program.
- -nostartfiles
- Do not use the standard system startup files when linking. The standard
system libraries are used normally, unless -nostdlib or
-nodefaultlibs is used.
- -nodefaultlibs
- Do not use the standard system libraries when linking. Only the libraries
you specify will be passed to the linker. The standard startup files are
used normally, unless -nostartfiles is used. The compiler may
generate calls to "memcmp",
"memset",
"memcpy" and
"memmove". These entries are usually
resolved by entries in libc. These entry points should be supplied through
some other mechanism when this option is specified.
- -nostdlib
- Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking. No
startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to the
linker. The compiler may generate calls to
"memcmp",
"memset",
"memcpy" and
"memmove". These entries are usually
resolved by entries in libc. These entry points should be supplied through
some other mechanism when this option is specified.
One of the standard libraries bypassed by -nostdlib and
-nodefaultlibs is libgcc.a, a library of internal
subroutines that GCC uses to overcome shortcomings of particular
machines, or special needs for some languages.
In most cases, you need libgcc.a even when you want to
avoid other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify
-nostdlib or -nodefaultlibs you should usually specify
-lgcc as well. This ensures that you have no unresolved
references to internal GCC library subroutines. (For example,
__main, used to ensure C++ constructors will be called.)
- -pie
- Produce a position independent executable on targets which support it. For
predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options that
were used to generate code (-fpie, -fPIE, or model
suboptions) when you specify this option.
- -rdynamic
- Pass the flag -export-dynamic to the ELF linker, on targets that
support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not only used
ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed for some uses of
"dlopen" or to allow obtaining
backtraces from within a program.
- -s
- Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the
executable.
- -static
- On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the
shared libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
- -shared
- Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable
results, you must also specify the same set of options that were used to
generate code (-fpic, -fPIC, or model suboptions) when you
specify this option.[1]
- -shared-libgcc
- -static-libgcc
- On systems that provide libgcc as a shared library, these options
force the use of either the shared or static version respectively. If no
shared version of libgcc was built when the compiler was
configured, these options have no effect.
There are several situations in which an application should
use the shared libgcc instead of the static version. The most
common of these is when the application wishes to throw and catch
exceptions across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the
libraries as well as the application itself should use the shared
libgcc.
Therefore, the G++ and GCJ drivers automatically add
-shared-libgcc whenever you build a shared library or a main
executable, because C++ and Java programs typically use exceptions, so
this is the right thing to do.
If, instead, you use the GCC driver to create shared
libraries, you may find that they will not always be linked with the
shared libgcc. If GCC finds, at its configuration time, that you
have a non-GNU linker or a GNU linker that does not support option
--eh-frame-hdr, it will link the shared version of libgcc
into shared libraries by default. Otherwise, it will take advantage of
the linker and optimize away the linking with the shared version of
libgcc, linking with the static version of libgcc by default.
This allows exceptions to propagate through such shared libraries,
without incurring relocation costs at library load time.
However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw
or catch exceptions, you must link it using the G++ or GCJ driver, as
appropriate for the languages used in the program, or using the option
-shared-libgcc, such that it is linked with the shared
libgcc.
- -symbolic
- Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
option -Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs). Only a few systems support this
option.
- -Xlinker
option
- Pass option as an option to the linker. You can use this to supply
system-specific linker options which GCC does not know how to recognize.
If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must
use -Xlinker twice, once for the option and once for the
argument. For example, to pass -assert definitions, you must
write -Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions. It does not work to
write -Xlinker "-assert definitions", because this
passes the entire string as a single argument, which is not what the
linker expects.
- -Wl,option
- Pass option as an option to the linker. If option contains
commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
- -u symbol
- Pretend the symbol symbol is undefined, to force linking of library
modules to define it. You can use -u multiple times with different
symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
Options for Directory Search
These options specify directories to search for header files, for
libraries and for parts of the compiler:
- -Idir
- Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be
searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
file, substituting your own version, since these directories are searched
before the system header file directories. However, you should not use
this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied system header
files (use -isystem for that). If you use more than one -I
option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right order; the standard
system directories come after.
If a standard system include directory, or a directory
specified with -isystem, is also specified with -I, the
-I option will be ignored. The directory will still be searched
but as a system directory at its normal position in the system include
chain. This is to ensure that GCC's procedure to fix buggy system
headers and the ordering for the include_next directive are not
inadvertently changed. If you really need to change the search order for
system directories, use the -nostdinc and/or -isystem
options.
- -iquotedir
- Add the directory dir to the head of the list of directories to be
searched for header files only for the case of #include
"file"; they are not searched for
#include <file>, otherwise just like
-I.
- -Ldir
- Add directory dir to the list of directories to be searched for
-l.
- -Bprefix
- This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries, include
files, and data files of the compiler itself.
The compiler driver program runs one or more of the
subprograms cpp, cc1, as and ld. It tries
prefix as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with
and without machine/version/.
For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries
the -B prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if -B
was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
/usr/lib/gcc/ and /usr/local/lib/gcc/. If neither of those
results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program name is
searched for using the directories specified in your PATH
environment variable.
The compiler will check to see if the path provided by the
-B refers to a directory, and if necessary it will add a
directory separator character at the end of the path.
-B prefixes that effectively specify directory names
also apply to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates
these options into -L options for the linker. They also apply to
includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates
these options into -isystem options for the preprocessor. In this
case, the compiler appends include to the prefix.
The run-time support file libgcc.a can also be searched
for using the -B prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the
two standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
out of the link if it is not found by those means.
Another way to specify a prefix much like the -B prefix
is to use the environment variable GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
As a special kludge, if the path provided by -B is
[dir/]stageN/, where N is a number in the
range 0 to 9, then it will be replaced by [dir/]include. This is
to help with boot-strapping the compiler.
- -specs=file
- Process file after the compiler reads in the standard specs
file, in order to override the defaults that the gcc driver program
uses when determining what switches to pass to cc1, cc1plus,
as, ld, etc. More than one -specs=file can be
specified on the command line, and they are processed in order, from left
to right.
- --sysroot=dir
- Use dir as the logical root directory for headers and libraries.
For example, if the compiler would normally search for headers in
/usr/include and libraries in /usr/lib, it will instead
search dir/usr/include and
dir/usr/lib.
If you use both this option and the -isysroot option,
then the --sysroot option will apply to libraries, but the
-isysroot option will apply to header files.
The GNU linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary
support for this option. If your linker does not support this option,
the header file aspect of --sysroot will still work, but the
library aspect will not.
- -I-
- This option has been deprecated. Please use -iquote instead for
-I directories before the -I- and remove the -I-. Any
directories you specify with -I options before the -I-
option are searched only for the case of #include
"file"; they are not searched for #include
<file>.
If additional directories are specified with -I options
after the -I-, these directories are searched for all
#include directives. (Ordinarily all -I directories
are used this way.)
In addition, the -I- option inhibits the use of the
current directory (where the current input file came from) as the first
search directory for #include "file".
There is no way to override this effect of -I-. With -I.
you can specify searching the directory which was current when the
compiler was invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the
preprocessor does by default, but it is often satisfactory.
-I- does not inhibit the use of the standard system
directories for header files. Thus, -I- and -nostdinc are
independent.
Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version
The usual way to run GCC is to run the executable called
gcc, or <machine>-gcc when cross-compiling, or
<machine>-gcc-<version> to run a version other than the
one that was installed last. Sometimes this is inconvenient, so GCC provides
options that will switch to another cross-compiler or version.
- -b machine
- The argument machine specifies the target machine for compilation.
The value to use for machine is the same as was
specified as the machine type when configuring GCC as a cross-compiler.
For example, if a cross-compiler was configured with configure
arm-elf, meaning to compile for an arm processor with elf
binaries, then you would specify -b arm-elf to run that cross
compiler. Because there are other options beginning with -b, the
configuration must contain a hyphen.
- -V version
- The argument version specifies which version of GCC to run. This is
useful when multiple versions are installed. For example, version
might be 4.0, meaning to run GCC version 4.0.
The -V and -b options work by running the
<machine>-gcc-<version> executable, so there's no real
reason to use them if you can just run that directly.
Hardware Models and Configurations
Earlier we discussed the standard option -b which chooses
among different installed compilers for completely different target
machines, such as VAX vs. 68000 vs. 80386.
In addition, each of these target machine types can have its own
special options, starting with -m, to choose among various hardware
models or configurations---for example, 68010 vs 68020, floating coprocessor
or none. A single installed version of the compiler can compile for any
model or configuration, according to the options specified.
Some configurations of the compiler also support additional
special options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
platform.
ARC Options
These options are defined for ARC implementations:
- -EL
- Compile code for little endian mode. This is the default.
- -EB
- Compile code for big endian mode.
- -mmangle-cpu
- Prepend the name of the cpu to all public symbol names. In
multiple-processor systems, there are many ARC variants with different
instruction and register set characteristics. This flag prevents code
compiled for one cpu to be linked with code compiled for another. No
facility exists for handling variants that are "almost
identical". This is an all or nothing option.
- -mcpu=cpu
- Compile code for ARC variant cpu. Which variants are supported
depend on the configuration. All variants support -mcpu=base, this
is the default.
- -mtext=text-section
- -mdata=data-section
- -mrodata=readonly-data-section
- Put functions, data, and readonly data in text-section,
data-section, and readonly-data-section respectively by
default. This can be overridden with the
"section" attribute.
ARM Options
These -m options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines
(ARM) architectures:
- -mabi=name
- Generate code for the specified ABI. Permissible values are:
apcs-gnu, atpcs, aapcs, aapcs-linux and
iwmmxt.
- -mapcs-frame
- Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure Call
Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
correct execution of the code. Specifying -fomit-frame-pointer with
this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for leaf
functions. The default is -mno-apcs-frame.
- -mapcs
- This is a synonym for -mapcs-frame.
- -mthumb-interwork
- Generate code which supports calling between the ARM and Thumb instruction
sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot be reliably used
inside one program. The default is -mno-thumb-interwork, since
slightly larger code is generated when -mthumb-interwork is
specified.
- -mno-sched-prolog
- Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or the
merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's body.
This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set of
instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of different
function prologues), and this information can be used to locate the start
if functions inside an executable piece of code. The default is
-msched-prolog.
- -mhard-float
- Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
default.
- -msoft-float
- Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all ARM
targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
cross-compilation.
-msoft-float changes the calling convention in the
output file; therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a
program with this option. In particular, you need to compile
libgcc.a, the library that comes with GCC, with
-msoft-float in order for this to work.
- -mfloat-abi=name
- Specifies which ABI to use for floating point values. Permissible values
are: soft, softfp and hard.
soft and hard are equivalent to
-msoft-float and -mhard-float respectively. softfp
allows the generation of floating point instructions, but still uses the
soft-float calling conventions.
- -mlittle-endian
- Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is the
default for all standard configurations.
- -mbig-endian
- Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
to compile code for a little-endian processor.
- -mwords-little-endian
- This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte order.
That is, a byte order of the form 32107654. Note: this option
should only be used if you require compatibility with code for big-endian
ARM processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to 2.8.
- -mcpu=name
- This specifies the name of the target ARM processor. GCC uses this name to
determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly
code. Permissible names are: arm2, arm250, arm3,
arm6, arm60, arm600, arm610, arm620,
arm7, arm7m, arm7d, arm7dm, arm7di,
arm7dmi, arm70, arm700, arm700i,
arm710, arm710c, arm7100, arm7500,
arm7500fe, arm7tdmi, arm7tdmi-s, arm8,
strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100, arm8,
arm810, arm9, arm9e, arm920, arm920t,
arm922t, arm946e-s, arm966e-s, arm968e-s,
arm926ej-s, arm940t, arm9tdmi, arm10tdmi,
arm1020t, arm1026ej-s, arm10e, arm1020e,
arm1022e, arm1136j-s, arm1136jf-s, mpcore,
mpcorenovfp, arm1176jz-s, arm1176jzf-s,
xscale, iwmmxt, ep9312.
- -mtune=name
- This option is very similar to the -mcpu= option, except that
instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that GCC should
tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it will
generate based on the cpu specified by a -mcpu= option. For some
ARM implementations better performance can be obtained by using this
option.
- -march=name
- This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture. GCC uses this name
to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead of
the -mcpu= option. Permissible names are: armv2,
armv2a, armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t,
armv5, armv5t, armv5te, armv6, armv6j,
iwmmxt, ep9312.
- -mfpu=name
- -mfpe=number
- -mfp=number
- This specifies what floating point hardware (or hardware emulation) is
available on the target. Permissible names are: fpa, fpe2,
fpe3, maverick, vfp. -mfp and -mfpe are
synonyms for -mfpu=fpenumber, for compatibility with
older versions of GCC.
If -msoft-float is specified this specifies the format
of floating point values.
- -mstructure-size-boundary=n
- The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple of
the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8, 32 and
64. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF
targeted toolchain the default value is 8. A value of 64 is only allowed
if the underlying ABI supports it.
Specifying the larger number can produce faster, more
efficient code, but can also increase the size of the program. Different
values are potentially incompatible. Code compiled with one value cannot
necessarily expect to work with code or libraries compiled with another
value, if they exchange information using structures or unions.
- -mabort-on-noreturn
- Generate a call to the function "abort"
at the end of a "noreturn" function. It
will be executed if the function tries to return.
- -mlong-calls
- -mno-long-calls
- Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address
of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on
this register. This switch is needed if the target function will lie
outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range of the offset based version of
subroutine call instruction.
Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls will be
turned into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions,
functions which have the short-call attribute, functions that are
inside the scope of a #pragma no_long_calls directive and
functions whose definitions have already been compiled within the
current compilation unit, will not be turned into long calls. The
exception to this rule is that weak function definitions, functions with
the long-call attribute or the section attribute, and
functions that are within the scope of a #pragma long_calls
directive, will always be turned into long calls.
This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
-mno-long-calls will restore the default behavior, as will
placing the function calls within the scope of a #pragma
long_calls_off directive. Note these switches have no effect on
how the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function
pointers.
- -mnop-fun-dllimport
- Disable support for the "dllimport"
attribute.
- -msingle-pic-base
- Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than
loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value
before execution begins.
- -mpic-register=reg
- Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. The default is R10
unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
- -mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns
- Insert NOPs into the instruction stream to in order to work around
problems with invalid Maverick instruction combinations. This option is
only valid if the -mcpu=ep9312 option has been used to enable
generation of instructions for the Cirrus Maverick floating point
co-processor. This option is not enabled by default, since the problem is
only present in older Maverick implementations. The default can be
re-enabled by use of the -mno-cirrus-fix-invalid-insns switch.
- -mpoke-function-name
- Write the name of each function into the text section, directly preceding
the function prologue. The generated code is similar to this:
t0
.ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
.align
t1
.word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
arm_poke_function_name
mov ip, sp
stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
sub fp, ip, #4
When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value
of "pc" stored at
"fp + 0". If the trace function then
looks at location "pc - 12" and the
top 8 bits are set, then we know that there is a function name embedded
immediately preceding this location and has length
"((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)".
- -mthumb
- Generate code for the 16-bit Thumb instruction set. The default is to use
the 32-bit ARM instruction set.
- -mtpcs-frame
- Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does not
call any other functions.) The default is -mno-tpcs-frame.
- -mtpcs-leaf-frame
- Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does not
call any other functions.) The default is
-mno-apcs-leaf-frame.
- -mcallee-super-interworking
- Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an ARM
instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
non-interworking code.
- -mcaller-super-interworking
- Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been compiled
for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost of
executing a function pointer if this option is enabled.
- -mtp=name
- Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer. The valid
models are soft, which generates calls to
"__aeabi_read_tp", cp15, which
fetches the thread pointer from "cp15"
directly (supported in the arm6k architecture), and auto, which
uses the best available method for the selected processor. The default
setting is auto.
AVR Options
These options are defined for AVR implementations:
- -mmcu=mcu
- Specify ATMEL AVR instruction set or MCU type.
Instruction set avr1 is for the minimal AVR core, not
supported by the C compiler, only for assembler programs (MCU types:
at90s1200, attiny10, attiny11, attiny12, attiny15, attiny28).
Instruction set avr2 (default) is for the classic AVR core
with up to 8K program memory space (MCU types: at90s2313, at90s2323,
attiny22, at90s2333, at90s2343, at90s4414, at90s4433, at90s4434,
at90s8515, at90c8534, at90s8535).
Instruction set avr3 is for the classic AVR core with up to
128K program memory space (MCU types: atmega103, atmega603, at43usb320,
at76c711).
Instruction set avr4 is for the enhanced AVR core with up to
8K program memory space (MCU types: atmega8, atmega83, atmega85).
Instruction set avr5 is for the enhanced AVR core with up to
128K program memory space (MCU types: atmega16, atmega161, atmega163,
atmega32, atmega323, atmega64, atmega128, at43usb355, at94k).
- -msize
- Output instruction sizes to the asm file.
- -minit-stack=N
- Specify the initial stack address, which may be a symbol or numeric value,
__stack is the default.
- -mno-interrupts
- Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts. Code size will
be smaller.
- -mcall-prologues
- Functions prologues/epilogues expanded as call to appropriate subroutines.
Code size will be smaller.
- -mno-tablejump
- Do not generate tablejump insns which sometimes increase code size.
- -mtiny-stack
- Change only the low 8 bits of the stack pointer.
- -mint8
- Assume int to be 8 bit integer. This affects the sizes of all types: A
char will be 1 byte, an int will be 1 byte, an long will be 2 bytes and
long long will be 4 bytes. Please note that this option does not comply to
the C standards, but it will provide you with smaller code size.
Blackfin Options
- -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
- Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This avoids
the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and makes an
extra register available in leaf functions. The option
-fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all functions
which might make debugging harder.
- -mspecld-anomaly
- When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
contain speculative loads after jump instructions. This option is enabled
by default.
- -mno-specld-anomaly
- Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from
occurring.
- -mcsync-anomaly
- When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
contain CSYNC or SSYNC instructions too soon after conditional branches.
This option is enabled by default.
- -mno-csync-anomaly
- Don't generate extra code to prevent CSYNC or SSYNC instructions from
occurring too soon after a conditional branch.
- -mlow-64k
- When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that
the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.
- -mno-low-64k
- Assume that the program is arbitrarily large. This is the default.
- -mid-shared-library
- Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method.
This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
without virtual memory management. This option implies -fPIC.
- -mno-id-shared-library
- Generate code that doesn't assume ID based shared libraries are being
used. This is the default.
- -mshared-library-id=n
- Specified the identification number of the ID based shared library being
compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code,
specifying other values will force the allocation of that number to the
current library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this
option.
- -mlong-calls
- -mno-long-calls
- Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address
of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on
this register. This switch is needed if the target function will lie
outside of the 24 bit addressing range of the offset based version of
subroutine call instruction.
This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
-mno-long-calls will restore the default behavior. Note these
switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle
function calls via function pointers.
CRIS Options
These options are defined specifically for the CRIS ports.
- -march=architecture-type
- -mcpu=architecture-type
- Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
architecture-type are v3, v8 and v10 for
respectively ETRAX 4, ETRAX 100, and
ETRAX 100 LX. Default is v0 except for
cris-axis-linux-gnu, where the default is v10.
- -mtune=architecture-type
- Tune to architecture-type everything applicable about the generated
code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The
choices for architecture-type are the same as for
-march=architecture-type.
- -mmax-stack-frame=n
- Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds n bytes.
- -melinux-stacksize=n
- Only available with the cris-axis-aout target. Arranges for
indications in the program to the kernel loader that the stack of the
program should be set to n bytes.
- -metrax4
- -metrax100
- The options -metrax4 and -metrax100 are synonyms for
-march=v3 and -march=v8 respectively.
- -mmul-bug-workaround
- -mno-mul-bug-workaround
- Work around a bug in the "muls" and
"mulu" instructions for CPU models where
it applies. This option is active by default.
- -mpdebug
- Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the assembly
code. This option also has the effect to turn off the #NO_APP
formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning of the assembly
file.
- -mcc-init
- Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always emit
compare and test instructions before use of condition codes.
- -mno-side-effects
- Do not emit instructions with side-effects in addressing modes other than
post-increment.
- -mstack-align
- -mno-stack-align
- -mdata-align
- -mno-data-align
- -mconst-align
- -mno-const-align
- These options (no-options) arranges (eliminate arrangements) for the
stack-frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for the maximum
single data access size for the chosen CPU model. The default is to
arrange for 32-bit alignment. ABI details such as structure layout are not
affected by these options.
- -m32-bit
- -m16-bit
- -m8-bit
- Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options above, these options
arrange for stack-frame, writable data and constants to all be 32-bit,
16-bit or 8-bit aligned. The default is 32-bit alignment.
- -mno-prologue-epilogue
- -mprologue-epilogue
- With -mno-prologue-epilogue, the normal function prologue and
epilogue that sets up the stack-frame are omitted and no return
instructions or return sequences are generated in the code. Use this
option only together with visual inspection of the compiled code: no
warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers must be saved,
or storage for local variable needs to be allocated.
- -mno-gotplt
- -mgotplt
- With -fpic and -fPIC, don't generate (do generate)
instruction sequences that load addresses for functions from the PLT part
of the GOT rather than (traditional on other architectures) calls to the
PLT. The default is -mgotplt.
- -maout
- Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-aout target.
- -melf
- Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and
cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.
- -melinux
- Only recognized with the cris-axis-aout target, where it selects a
GNU/linux-like multilib, include files and instruction set for
-march=v8.
- -mlinux
- Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu
target.
- -sim
- This option, recognized for the cris-axis-aout and cris-axis-elf arranges
to link with input-output functions from a simulator library. Code,
initialized data and zero-initialized data are allocated
consecutively.
- -sim2
- Like -sim, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at
0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000.
CRX Options
These options are defined specifically for the CRX ports.
- -mmac
- Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by
default.
- -mpush-args
- Push instructions will be used to pass outgoing arguments when functions
are called. Enabled by default.
Darwin Options
These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin
operating system.
FSF GCC on Darwin does not create "fat" object files; it
will create an object file for the single architecture that it was built to
target. Apple's GCC on Darwin does create "fat" files if multiple
-arch options are used; it does so by running the compiler or linker
multiple times and joining the results together with lipo.
The subtype of the file created (like ppc7400 or
ppc970 or i686) is determined by the flags that specify the
ISA that GCC is targetting, like -mcpu or -march. The
-force_cpusubtype_ALL option can be used to override this.
The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an ISA
mismatch. The assembler, as, will only permit instructions to be used
that are valid for the subtype of the file it is generating, so you cannot
put 64-bit instructions in an ppc750 object file. The linker for
shared libraries, /usr/bin/libtool, will fail and print an error if
asked to create a shared library with a less restrictive subtype than its
input files (for instance, trying to put a ppc970 object file in a
ppc7400 library). The linker for executables, ld, will quietly
give the executable the most restrictive subtype of any of its input
files.
- -Fdir
- Add the framework directory dir to the head of the list of
directories to be searched for header files. These directories are
interleaved with those specified by -I options and are scanned in a
left-to-right order.
A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it. A
framework is a directory with a "Headers" and/or
"PrivateHeaders" directory contained directly in it
that ends in ".framework". The name of a framework is
the name of this directory excluding the ".framework".
Headers associated with the framework are found in one of those two
directories, with "Headers" being searched first. A
subframework is a framework directory that is in a framework's
"Frameworks" directory. Includes of subframework
headers can only appear in a header of a framework that contains the
subframework, or in a sibling subframework header. Two subframeworks are
siblings if they occur in the same framework. A subframework should not
have the same name as a framework, a warning will be issued if this is
violated. Currently a subframework cannot have subframeworks, in the
future, the mechanism may be extended to support this. The standard
frameworks can be found in "/System/Library/Frameworks"
and "/Library/Frameworks". An example include looks
like "#include
<Framework/header.h>", where Framework denotes
the name of the framework and header.h is found in the
"PrivateHeaders" or "Headers"
directory.
- -gused
- Emit debugging information for symbols that are used. For STABS debugging
format, this enables -feliminate-unused-debug-symbols. This is by
default ON.
- -gfull
- Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.
- -mmacosx-version-min=version
- The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on is
version. Typical values of version include
10.1, 10.2, and
10.3.9.
The default for this option is to make choices that seem to be
most useful.
- -mkernel
- Enable kernel development mode. The -mkernel option sets
-static, -fno-common, -fno-cxa-atexit,
-fno-exceptions, -fno-non-call-exceptions,
-fapple-kext, -fno-weak and -fno-rtti where
applicable. This mode also sets -mno-altivec, -msoft-float,
-fno-builtin and -mlong-branch for PowerPC targets.
- -mone-byte-bool
- Override the defaults for bool so that sizeof(bool)==1. By
default sizeof(bool) is 4 when compiling for Darwin/PowerPC
and 1 when compiling for Darwin/x86, so this option has no effect
on x86.
Warning: The -mone-byte-bool switch causes GCC
to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated
without that switch. Using this switch may require recompiling all other
modules in a program, including system libraries. Use this switch to
conform to a non-default data model.
- -mfix-and-continue
- -ffix-and-continue
- -findirect-data
- Generate code suitable for fast turn around development. Needed to enable
gdb to dynamically load ".o" files into
already running programs. -findirect-data and
-ffix-and-continue are provided for backwards compatibility.
- -all_load
- Loads all members of static archive libraries. See man ld(1) for
more information.
- -arch_errors_fatal
- Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong architecture
to be fatal.
- -bind_at_load
- Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker will bind
all undefined references when the file is loaded or launched.
- -bundle
- Produce a Mach-o bundle format file. See man ld(1) for more
information.
- -bundle_loader
executable
- This option specifies the executable that will be loading the build
output file being linked. See man ld(1) for more information.
- -dynamiclib
- When passed this option, GCC will produce a dynamic library instead of an
executable when linking, using the Darwin libtool command.
- -force_cpusubtype_ALL
- This causes GCC's output file to have the ALL subtype, instead of
one controlled by the -mcpu or -march option.
- -allowable_client
client_name
- -client_name
- -compatibility_version
- -current_version
- -dead_strip
- -dependency-file
- -dylib_file
- -dylinker_install_name
- -dynamic
- -exported_symbols_list
- -filelist
- -flat_namespace
- -force_flat_namespace
- -image_base
- -init
- -install_name
- -keep_private_externs
- -multi_module
- -multiply_defined
- -multiply_defined_unused
- -noall_load
- -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
- -nofixprebinding
- -nomultidefs
- -noprebind
- -noseglinkedit
- -pagezero_size
- -prebind
- -prebind_all_twolevel_modules
- -private_bundle
- -read_only_relocs
- -sectalign
- -sectobjectsymbols
- -whyload
- -seg1addr
- -sectcreate
- -sectobjectsymbols
- -sectorder
- -segaddr
- -segs_read_only_addr
- -segs_read_write_addr
- -seg_addr_table
- -seg_addr_table_filename
- -seglinkedit
- -segprot
- -segs_read_only_addr
- -segs_read_write_addr
- -single_module
- -static
- -sub_library
- -sub_umbrella
- -twolevel_namespace
- -umbrella
- -undefined
- -unexported_symbols_list
- -weak_reference_mismatches
- -whatsloaded
- These options are passed to the Darwin linker. The Darwin linker man page
describes them in detail.
DEC Alpha Options
These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha
implementations:
- -mno-soft-float
- -msoft-float
- Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is specified,
functions in libgcc.a will be used to perform floating-point
operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point operations.
If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point operations, you
must ensure that the library is built so as not to call them.
Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point
operations are required to have floating-point registers.
- -mfp-reg
- -mno-fp-regs
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
-mno-fp-regs implies -msoft-float. If the floating-point
register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in integer
registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
in $0 instead of $f0. This
is a non-standard calling sequence, so any function with a floating-point
argument or return value called by code compiled with -mno-fp-regs
must also be compiled with that option.
A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does
not use, and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point
registers.
- -mieee
- The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the IEEE floating point
standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is required.
This option generates code fully IEEE compliant code except that
the inexact-flag is not maintained (see below). If this option is
turned on, the preprocessor macro
"_IEEE_FP" is defined during
compilation. The resulting code is less efficient but is able to correctly
support denormalized numbers and exceptional IEEE values such as
not-a-number and plus/minus infinity. Other Alpha compilers call this
option -ieee_with_no_inexact.
- -mieee-with-inexact
- This is like -mieee except the generated code also maintains the
IEEE inexact-flag. Turning on this option causes the generated code
to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. In addition to
"_IEEE_FP",
"_IEEE_FP_EXACT" is defined as a
preprocessor macro. On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may
execute significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since
there is very little code that depends on the inexact-flag, you
should normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
option -ieee_with_inexact.
- -mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode
- This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled. Other
Alpha compilers call this option -fptm trap-mode. The trap
mode can be set to one of four values:
- n
- This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled are
the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
trap).
- u
- In addition to the traps enabled by n, underflow traps are enabled
as well.
- su
- Like u, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
- sui
- Like su, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
- -mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode
- Selects the IEEE rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
-fprm rounding-mode. The rounding-mode can be one
of:
- n
- Normal IEEE rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards the
nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case of a
tie.
- m
- Round towards minus infinity.
- c
- Chopped rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards
zero.
- d
- Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating point control register
(fpcr, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
fpcr, d corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
- -mtrap-precision=trap-precision
- In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise. This means
without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a floating
trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated. GCC can
generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers in
determining the exact location that caused a floating point trap.
Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
precisions can be selected:
- p
- Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler can
only identify which program caused a floating point exception.
- f
- Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
caused a floating point exception.
- i
- Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
instruction that caused a floating point exception.
Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
-scope_safe and -resumption_safe.
- -mieee-conformant
- This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant. You must not use
this option unless you also specify -mtrap-precision=i and either
-mfp-trap-mode=su or -mfp-trap-mode=sui. Its only effect is
to emit the line .eflag 48 in the function prologue of the
generated assembly file. Under DEC Unix, this has the effect that
IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
- -mbuild-constants
- Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to see if it can
construct it from smaller constants in two or three instructions. If it
cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and generate code to load
it from the data segment at runtime.
Use this option to require GCC to construct all integer
constants using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is
six).
You would typically use this option to build a shared library
dynamic loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in
memory before it can find the variables and constants in its own data
segment.
- -malpha-as
- -mgas
- Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
assembler (-malpha-as) or by the GNU assembler -mgas.
- -mbwx
- -mno-bwx
- -mcix
- -mno-cix
- -mfix
- -mno-fix
- -mmax
- -mno-max
- Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX, CIX,
FIX and MAX instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction sets
supported by the CPU type specified via -mcpu= option or that of
the CPU on which GCC was built if none was specified.
- -mfloat-vax
- -mfloat-ieee
- Generate code that uses (does not use) VAX F and G floating point
arithmetic instead of IEEE single and double precision.
- -mexplicit-relocs
- -mno-explicit-relocs
- Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol relocations
except via assembler macros. Use of these macros does not allow optimal
instruction scheduling. GNU binutils as of version 2.12 supports a new
syntax that allows the compiler to explicitly mark which relocations
should apply to which instructions. This option is mostly useful for
debugging, as GCC detects the capabilities of the assembler when it is
built and sets the default accordingly.
- -msmall-data
- -mlarge-data
- When -mexplicit-relocs is in effect, static data is accessed via
gp-relative relocations. When -msmall-data is used, objects
8 bytes long or smaller are placed in a small data area (the
".sdata" and
".sbss" sections) and are accessed via
16-bit relocations off of the $gp register. This
limits the size of the small data area to 64KB, but allows the variables
to be directly accessed via a single instruction.
The default is -mlarge-data. With this option the data
area is limited to just below 2GB. Programs that require more than 2GB
of data must use "malloc" or
"mmap" to allocate the data in the
heap instead of in the program's data segment.
When generating code for shared libraries, -fpic
implies -msmall-data and -fPIC implies
-mlarge-data.
- -msmall-text
- -mlarge-text
- When -msmall-text is used, the compiler assumes that the code of
the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is thus reachable
with a branch instruction. When -msmall-data is used, the compiler
can assume that all local symbols share the same
$gp value, and thus reduce the number of
instructions required for a function call from 4 to 1.
The default is -mlarge-text.
- -mcpu=cpu_type
- Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for machine
type cpu_type. You can specify either the EV style name or
the corresponding chip number. GCC supports scheduling parameters for the
EV4, EV5 and EV6 family of processors and will choose the default values
for the instruction set from the processor you specify. If you do not
specify a processor type, GCC will default to the processor on which the
compiler was built.
Supported values for cpu_type are
- ev4
- ev45
- 21064
- Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.
- ev5
- 21164
- Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.
- ev56
- 21164a
- Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.
- pca56
- 21164pc
- 21164PC
- Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.
- ev6
- 21264
- Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, FIX, and MAX extensions.
- ev67
- 21264a
- Schedules as an EV6 and supports the BWX, CIX, FIX, and MAX
extensions.
- -mtune=cpu_type
- Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
cpu_type. The instruction set is not changed.
- -mmemory-latency=time
- Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory references
as seen by the application. This number is highly dependent on the memory
access patterns used by the application and the size of the external cache
on the machine.
Valid options for time are
- number
- A decimal number representing clock cycles.
- L1
- L2
- L3
- main
- The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
"typical" EV4 & EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3
caches (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main
memory. Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.
DEC Alpha/VMS Options
These -m options are defined for the DEC Alpha/VMS
implementations:
- -mvms-return-codes
- Return VMS condition codes from main. The default is to return POSIX style
condition (e.g. error) codes.
FRV Options
- -mgpr-32
- Only use the first 32 general purpose registers.
- -mgpr-64
- Use all 64 general purpose registers.
- -mfpr-32
- Use only the first 32 floating point registers.
- -mfpr-64
- Use all 64 floating point registers
- -mhard-float
- Use hardware instructions for floating point operations.
- -msoft-float
- Use library routines for floating point operations.
- -malloc-cc
- Dynamically allocate condition code registers.
- -mfixed-cc
- Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only use
"icc0" and
"fcc0".
- -mdword
- Change ABI to use double word insns.
- -mno-dword
- Do not use double word instructions.
- -mdouble
- Use floating point double instructions.
- -mno-double
- Do not use floating point double instructions.
- -mmedia
- Use media instructions.
- -mno-media
- Do not use media instructions.
- -mmuladd
- Use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
- -mno-muladd
- Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions.
- -mfdpic
- Select the FDPIC ABI, that uses function descriptors to represent pointers
to functions. Without any PIC/PIE-related options, it implies
-fPIE. With -fpic or -fpie, it assumes GOT entries
and small data are within a 12-bit range from the GOT base address; with
-fPIC or -fPIE, GOT offsets are computed with 32 bits.
- -minline-plt
- Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that are not
known to bind locally. It has no effect without -mfdpic. It's
enabled by default if optimizing for speed and compiling for shared
libraries (i.e., -fPIC or -fpic), or when an optimization
option such as -O3 or above is present in the command line.
- -mTLS
- Assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.
- -mtls
- Do not assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code.
- -mgprel-ro
- Enable the use of "GPREL" relocations in
the FDPIC ABI for data that is known to be in read-only sections. It's
enabled by default, except for -fpic or -fpie: even though
it may help make the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction
for 4. With -fPIC or -fPIE, it trades 3 instructions for 4,
one of which may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need for
a GOT entry for the referenced symbol, so it's more likely to be a win. If
it is not, -mno-gprel-ro can be used to disable it.
- -multilib-library-pic
- Link with the (library, not FD) pic libraries. It's implied by
-mlibrary-pic, as well as by -fPIC and -fpic without
-mfdpic. You should never have to use it explicitly.
- -mlinked-fp
- Follow the EABI requirement of always creating a frame pointer whenever a
stack frame is allocated. This option is enabled by default and can be
disabled with -mno-linked-fp.
- -mlong-calls
- Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current compilation
unit. This allows the functions to be placed anywhere within the 32-bit
address space.
- -malign-labels
- Try to align labels to an 8-byte boundary by inserting nops into the
previous packet. This option only has an effect when VLIW packing is
enabled. It doesn't create new packets; it merely adds nops to existing
ones.
- -mlibrary-pic
- Generate position-independent EABI code.
- -macc-4
- Use only the first four media accumulator registers.
- -macc-8
- Use all eight media accumulator registers.
- -mpack
- Pack VLIW instructions.
- -mno-pack
- Do not pack VLIW instructions.
- -mno-eflags
- Do not mark ABI switches in e_flags.
- -mcond-move
- Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mno-cond-move
- Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mscc
- Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mno-scc
- Disable the use of conditional set instructions.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mcond-exec
- Enable the use of conditional execution (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mno-cond-exec
- Disable the use of conditional execution.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mvliw-branch
- Run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mno-vliw-branch
- Do not run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mmulti-cond-exec
- Enable optimization of "&&" and
"⎪⎪" in conditional
execution (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mno-multi-cond-exec
- Disable optimization of "&&" and
"⎪⎪" in conditional
execution.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mnested-cond-exec
- Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -mno-nested-cond-exec
- Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will
likely be removed in a future version.
- -moptimize-membar
- This switch removes redundant "membar"
instructions from the compiler generated code. It is enabled by
default.
- -mno-optimize-membar
- This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant
"membar" instructions from the generated
code.
- -mtomcat-stats
- Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.
- -mcpu=cpu
- Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible values are
frv, fr550, tomcat, fr500, fr450,
fr405, fr400, fr300 and simple.
GNU/Linux Options
These -m options are defined for GNU/Linux targets:
- -mglibc
- Use the GNU C library instead of uClibc. This is the default except on
*-*-linux-*uclibc* targets.
- -muclibc
- Use uClibc instead of the GNU C library. This is the default on
*-*-linux-*uclibc* targets.
H8/300 Options
These -m options are defined for the H8/300
implementations:
- -mrelax
- Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
linker option -relax.
- -mh
- Generate code for the H8/300H.
- -ms
- Generate code for the H8S.
- -mn
- Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode. This switch must
be used either with -mh or -ms.
- -ms2600
- Generate code for the H8S/2600. This switch must be used with
-ms.
- -mint32
- Make "int" data 32 bits by default.
- -malign-300
- On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300.
The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and floats on 4 byte
boundaries. -malign-300 causes them to be aligned on 2 byte
boundaries. This option has no effect on the H8/300.
HPPA Options
These -m options are defined for the HPPA family of
computers:
- -march=architecture-type
- Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
architecture-type are 1.0 for PA 1.0, 1.1 for PA 1.1,
and 2.0 for PA 2.0 processors. Refer to
/usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the proper
architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the other
way around.
- -mpa-risc-1-0
- -mpa-risc-1-1
- -mpa-risc-2-0
- Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0
respectively.
- -mbig-switch
- Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if the
assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
table.
- -mjump-in-delay
- Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions by
modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target of the
conditional jump.
- -mdisable-fpregs
- Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner. This is
necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context switching of
floating point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
floating point operations, the compiler will abort.
- -mdisable-indexing
- Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated code under MACH.
- -mno-space-regs
- Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address
modes.
Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.
- -mfast-indirect-calls
- Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This allows
GCC to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.
This option will not work in the presence of shared libraries
or nested functions.
- -mfixed-range=register-range
- Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A
fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two
registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified
separated by a comma.
- -mlong-load-store
- Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the +k option to the HP
compilers.
- -mportable-runtime
- Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF systems.
- -mgas
- Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.
- -mschedule=cpu-type
- Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
cpu-type. The choices for cpu-type are 700
7100, 7100LC, 7200, 7300 and 8000.
Refer to /usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the
proper scheduling option for your machine. The default scheduling is
8000.
- -mlinker-opt
- Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker. Note this makes symbolic
debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9
linkers in which they give bogus error messages when linking some
programs.
- -msoft-float
- Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA
targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
cross-compilation. The embedded target hppa1.1-*-pro does provide
software floating point support.
-msoft-float changes the calling convention in the
output file; therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a
program with this option. In particular, you need to compile
libgcc.a, the library that comes with GCC, with
-msoft-float in order for this to work.
- -msio
- Generate the predefine, "_SIO", for
server IO. The default is -mwsio. This generates the predefines,
"__hp9000s700",
"__hp9000s700__" and
"_WSIO", for workstation IO. These
options are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.
- -mgnu-ld
- Use GNU ld specific options. This passes -shared to ld when
building a shared library. It is the default when GCC is configured,
explicitly or implicitly, with the GNU linker. This option does not have
any affect on which ld is called, it only changes what parameters are
passed to that ld. The ld that is called is determined by the
--with-ld configure option, GCC's program search path, and finally
by the user's PATH. The linker used by GCC can be printed using
which `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`. This option is only available on
the 64 bit HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with hppa*64*-*-hpux*.
- -mhp-ld
- Use HP ld specific options. This passes -b to ld when building a
shared library and passes +Accept TypeMismatch to ld on all links.
It is the default when GCC is configured, explicitly or implicitly, with
the HP linker. This option does not have any affect on which ld is called,
it only changes what parameters are passed to that ld. The ld that is
called is determined by the --with-ld configure option, GCC's
program search path, and finally by the user's PATH. The linker
used by GCC can be printed using which `gcc
-print-prog-name=ld`. This option is only available on the 64 bit
HP-UX GCC, i.e. configured with hppa*64*-*-hpux*.
- -mlong-calls
- Generate code that uses long call sequences. This ensures that a call is
always able to reach linker generated stubs. The default is to generate
long calls only when the distance from the call site to the beginning of
the function or translation unit, as the case may be, exceeds a predefined
limit set by the branch type being used. The limits for normal calls are
7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes, respectively for the PA 2.0 and PA 1.X
architectures. Sibcalls are always limited at 240,000 bytes.
Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when
using the -ffunction-sections option, or when using the
-mgas and -mno-portable-runtime options together under
HP-UX with the SOM linker.
It is normally not desirable to use this option as it will
degrade performance. However, it may be useful in large applications,
particularly when partial linking is used to build the application.
The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of
the assembler and linker, and the type of code being generated. The
impact on systems that support long absolute calls, and long pic
symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small.
However, an indirect call is used on 32-bit ELF systems in pic code and
it is quite long.
- -munix=unix-std
- Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the specified UNIX
standard. The choices for unix-std are 93, 95 and
98. 93 is supported on all HP-UX versions. 95 is
available on HP-UX 10.10 and later. 98 is available on HP-UX 11.11
and later. The default values are 93 for HP-UX 10.00, 95 for
HP-UX 10.10 though to 11.00, and 98 for HP-UX 11.11 and later.
-munix=93 provides the same predefines as GCC 3.3 and
3.4. -munix=95 provides additional predefines for
"XOPEN_UNIX" and
"_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED", and the
startfile unix95.o. -munix=98 provides additional
predefines for "_XOPEN_UNIX",
"_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED",
"_INCLUDE__STDC_A1_SOURCE" and
"_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500", and the
startfile unix98.o.
It is important to note that this option changes the
interfaces for various library routines. It also affects the operational
behavior of the C library. Thus, extreme care is needed in using
this option.
Library code that is intended to operate with more than one
UNIX standard must test, set and restore the variable
__xpg4_extended_mask as appropriate. Most GNU software doesn't
provide this capability.
- -nolibdld
- Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when the
-static option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later.
- -static
- The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on
libdld.sl. There isn't an archive version of libdld.sl. Thus, when the
-static option is specified, special link options are needed to
resolve this dependency.
On HP-UX 10 and later, the GCC driver adds the necessary
options to link with libdld.sl when the -static option is
specified. This causes the resulting binary to be dynamic. On the 64-bit
port, the linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case. The
-nolibdld option can be used to prevent the GCC driver from
adding these link options.
- -threads
- Add support for multithreading with the dce thread library under
HP-UX. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.
Intel 386 and AMD x86-64 Options
These -m options are defined for the i386 and x86-64 family
of computers:
- -mtune=cpu-type
- Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code,
except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The choices for
cpu-type are:
- generic
- Produce code optimized for the most common IA32/AMD64/EM64T processors. If
you know the CPU on which your code will run, then you should use the
corresponding -mtune option instead of -mtune=generic. But,
if you do not know exactly what CPU users of your application will have,
then you should use this option.
As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the
behavior of this option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade to a
newer version of GCC, the code generated option will change to reflect
the processors that were most common when that version of GCC was
released.
There is no -march=generic option because -march
indicates the instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no
generic instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast,
-mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of
processors) for which the code is optimized.
- native
- This selects the CPU to tune for at compilation time by determining the
processor type of the compiling machine. Using -mtune=native will
produce code optimized for the local machine under the constraints of the
selected instruction set. Using -march=native will enable all
instruction subsets supported by the local machine (hence the result might
not run on different machines).
- i386
- Original Intel's i386 CPU.
- i486
- Intel's i486 CPU. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
- i586,
pentium
- Intel Pentium CPU with no MMX support.
- pentium-mmx
- Intel PentiumMMX CPU based on Pentium core with MMX instruction set
support.
- pentiumpro
- Intel PentiumPro CPU.
- i686
- Same as "generic", but when used as
"march" option, PentiumPro instruction
set will be used, so the code will run on all i686 family chips.
- pentium2
- Intel Pentium2 CPU based on PentiumPro core with MMX instruction set
support.
- pentium3,
pentium3m
- Intel Pentium3 CPU based on PentiumPro core with MMX and SSE instruction
set support.
- pentium-m
- Low power version of Intel Pentium3 CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction
set support. Used by Centrino notebooks.
- pentium4,
pentium4m
- Intel Pentium4 CPU with MMX, SSE and SSE2 instruction set support.
- prescott
- Improved version of Intel Pentium4 CPU with MMX, SSE, SSE2 and SSE3
instruction set support.
- nocona
- Improved version of Intel Pentium4 CPU with 64-bit extensions, MMX, SSE,
SSE2 and SSE3 instruction set support.
- k6
- AMD K6 CPU with MMX instruction set support.
- k6-2, k6-3
- Improved versions of AMD K6 CPU with MMX and 3dNOW! instruction set
support.
- athlon,
athlon-tbird
- AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3dNOW! and SSE prefetch
instructions support.
- athlon-4, athlon-xp,
athlon-mp
- Improved AMD Athlon CPU with MMX, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3dNOW! and full SSE
instruction set support.
- k8, opteron, athlon64,
athlon-fx
- AMD K8 core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This
supersets MMX, SSE, SSE2, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3dNOW! and 64-bit instruction
set extensions.)
- winchip-c6
- IDT Winchip C6 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional MMX
instruction set support.
- winchip2
- IDT Winchip2 CPU, dealt in same way as i486 with additional MMX and 3dNOW!
instruction set support.
- c3
- Via C3 CPU with MMX and 3dNOW! instruction set support. (No scheduling is
implemented for this chip.)
- c3-2
- Via C3-2 CPU with MMX and SSE instruction set support. (No scheduling is
implemented for this chip.)
While picking a specific cpu-type will schedule things
appropriately for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any
code that does not run on the i386 without the -march=cpu-type
option being used.
- -march=cpu-type
- Generate instructions for the machine type cpu-type. The choices
for cpu-type are the same as for -mtune. Moreover,
specifying -march=cpu-type implies
-mtune=cpu-type.
- -mcpu=cpu-type
- A deprecated synonym for -mtune.
- -m386
- -m486
- -mpentium
- -mpentiumpro
- These options are synonyms for -mtune=i386, -mtune=i486,
-mtune=pentium, and -mtune=pentiumpro respectively. These
synonyms are deprecated.
- -mfpmath=unit
- Generate floating point arithmetics for selected unit unit. The
choices for unit are:
- 387
- Use the standard 387 floating point coprocessor present majority of chips
and emulated otherwise. Code compiled with this option will run almost
everywhere. The temporary results are computed in 80bit precision instead
of precision specified by the type resulting in slightly different results
compared to most of other chips. See -ffloat-store for more
detailed description.
This is the default choice for i386 compiler.
- sse
- Use scalar floating point instructions present in the SSE instruction set.
This instruction set is supported by Pentium3 and newer chips, in the AMD
line by Athlon-4, Athlon-xp and Athlon-mp chips. The earlier version of
SSE instruction set supports only single precision arithmetics, thus the
double and extended precision arithmetics is still done using 387. Later
version, present only in Pentium4 and the future AMD x86-64 chips supports
double precision arithmetics too.
For the i386 compiler, you need to use
-march=cpu-type, -msse or -msse2 switches to
enable SSE extensions and make this option effective. For the x86-64
compiler, these extensions are enabled by default.
The resulting code should be considerably faster in the
majority of cases and avoid the numerical instability problems of 387
code, but may break some existing code that expects temporaries to be
80bit.
This is the default choice for the x86-64 compiler.
- sse,387
- Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once. This effectively double
the amount of available registers and on chips with separate execution
units for 387 and SSE the execution resources too. Use this option with
care, as it is still experimental, because the GCC register allocator does
not model separate functional units well resulting in instable
performance.
- -masm=dialect
- Output asm instructions using selected dialect. Supported choices
are intel or att (the default one). Darwin does not support
intel.
- -mieee-fp
- -mno-ieee-fp
- Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating point comparisons.
These handle correctly the case where the result of a comparison is
unordered.
- -msoft-float
- Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
Warning: the requisite libraries are not part of GCC. Normally the
facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but this can't be
done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your own arrangements to
provide suitable library functions for cross-compilation.
On machines where a function returns floating point results in
the 80387 register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted
even if -msoft-float is used.
- -mno-fp-ret-in-387
- Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.
The usual calling convention has functions return values of
types "float" and
"double" in an FPU register, even if
there is no FPU. The idea is that the operating system should emulate an
FPU.
The option -mno-fp-ret-in-387 causes such values to be
returned in ordinary CPU registers instead.
- -mno-fancy-math-387
- Some 387 emulators do not support the
"sin",
"cos" and
"sqrt" instructions for the 387. Specify
this option to avoid generating those instructions. This option is the
default on FreeBSD, OpenBSD and NetBSD. This option is overridden when
-march indicates that the target cpu will always have an FPU and so
the instruction will not need emulation. As of revision 2.6.1, these
instructions are not generated unless you also use the
-funsafe-math-optimizations switch.
- -malign-double
- -mno-align-double
- Control whether GCC aligns "double",
"long double", and
"long long" variables on a two word
boundary or a one word boundary. Aligning
"double" variables on a two word
boundary will produce code that runs somewhat faster on a Pentium
at the expense of more memory.
On x86-64, -malign-double is enabled by default.
Warning: if you use the -malign-double switch,
structures containing the above types will be aligned differently than
the published application binary interface specifications for the 386
and will not be binary compatible with structures in code compiled
without that switch.
- -m96bit-long-double
- -m128bit-long-double
- These switches control the size of "long
double" type. The i386 application binary interface specifies
the size to be 96 bits, so -m96bit-long-double is the default in 32
bit mode.
Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) would prefer
"long double" to be aligned to an 8 or
16 byte boundary. In arrays or structures conforming to the ABI, this
would not be possible. So specifying a -m128bit-long-double will
align "long double" to a 16 byte
boundary by padding the "long double"
with an additional 32 bit zero.
In the x86-64 compiler, -m128bit-long-double is the
default choice as its ABI specifies that "long
double" is to be aligned on 16 byte boundary.
Notice that neither of these options enable any extra
precision over the x87 standard of 80 bits for a
"long double".
Warning: if you override the default value for your
target ABI, the structures and arrays containing
"long double" variables will change
their size as well as function calling convention for function taking
"long double" will be modified. Hence
they will not be binary compatible with arrays or structures in code
compiled without that switch.
- -mmlarge-data-threshold=number
- When -mcmodel=medium is specified, the data greater than
threshold are placed in large data section. This value must be the
same across all object linked into the binary and defaults to 65535.
- -msvr3-shlib
- -mno-svr3-shlib
- Control whether GCC places uninitialized local variables into the
"bss" or
"data" segments. -msvr3-shlib
places them into "bss". These options
are meaningful only on System V Release 3.
- -mrtd
- Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that take
a fixed number of arguments return with the
"ret" num instruction, which pops
their arguments while returning. This saves one instruction in the caller
since there is no need to pop the arguments there.
You can specify that an individual function is called with
this calling sequence with the function attribute stdcall. You
can also override the -mrtd option by using the function
attribute cdecl.
Warning: this calling convention is incompatible with
the one normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions
that take variable numbers of arguments (including
"printf"); otherwise incorrect code
will be generated for calls to those functions.
In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call
a function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
harmlessly ignored.)
- -mregparm=num
- Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By default,
no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3 registers can be
used. You can control this behavior for a specific function by using the
function attribute regparm.
Warning: if you use this switch, and num is
nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same value, including
any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup
modules.
- -msseregparm
- Use SSE register passing conventions for float and double arguments and
return values. You can control this behavior for a specific function by
using the function attribute sseregparm.
Warning: if you use this switch then you must build all
modules with the same value, including any libraries. This includes the
system libraries and startup modules.
- -mstackrealign
- Realign the stack at entry. On the Intel x86, the -mstackrealign
option will generate an alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the
runtime stack. This supports mixing legacy codes that keep a 4-byte
aligned stack with modern codes that keep a 16-byte stack for SSE
compatibility. The alternate prologue and epilogue are slower and bigger
than the regular ones, and the alternate prologue requires an extra
scratch register; this lowers the number of registers available if used in
conjunction with the "regparm"
attribute. The -mstackrealign option is incompatible with the
nested function prologue; this is considered a hard error. See also the
attribute "force_align_arg_pointer",
applicable to individual functions.
- -mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
- Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to num
byte boundary. If -mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified, the
default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
On Pentium and PentiumPro,
"double" and
"long double" values should be aligned
to an 8 byte boundary (see -malign-double) or suffer significant
run time performance penalties. On Pentium III, the Streaming SIMD
Extension (SSE) data type "__m128" may
not work properly if it is not 16 byte aligned.
To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the
stack boundary must be as aligned as that required by any value stored
on the stack. Further, every function must be generated such that it
keeps the stack aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher
preferred stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred
stack boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended
that libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and
generally increases code size. Code that is sensitive to stack space
usage, such as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want
to reduce the preferred alignment to
-mpreferred-stack-boundary=2.
- -mmmx
- -mno-mmx
- -msse
- -mno-sse
- -msse2
- -mno-sse2
- -msse3
- -mno-sse3
- -m3dnow
- -mno-3dnow
- These switches enable or disable the use of instructions in the MMX, SSE,
SSE2 or 3DNow! extended instruction sets. These extensions are also
available as built-in functions: see X86 Built-in Functions, for
details of the functions enabled and disabled by these switches.
To have SSE/SSE2 instructions generated automatically from
floating-point code (as opposed to 387 instructions), see
-mfpmath=sse.
These options will enable GCC to use these extended
instructions in generated code, even without -mfpmath=sse.
Applications which perform runtime CPU detection must compile separate
files for each supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In
particular, the file containing the CPU detection code should be
compiled without these options.
- -mpush-args
- -mno-push-args
- Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter
and usually equally fast as method using SUB/MOV operations and is enabled
by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of
improved scheduling and reduced dependencies.
- -maccumulate-outgoing-args
- If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
will be computed in the function prologue. This is faster on most modern
CPUs because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced
stack usage when preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback
is a notable increase in code size. This switch implies
-mno-push-args.
- -mthreads
- Support thread-safe exception handling on Mingw32. Code that relies
on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the
-mthreads option. When compiling, -mthreads defines
-D_MT; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
-lmingwthrd which cleans up per thread exception handling
data.
- -mno-align-stringops
- Do not align destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces
code size and improves performance in case the destination is already
aligned, but GCC doesn't know about it.
- -minline-all-stringops
- By default GCC inlines string operations only when destination is known to
be aligned at least to 4 byte boundary. This enables more inlining,
increase code size, but may improve performance of code that depends on
fast memcpy, strlen and memset for short lengths.
- -momit-leaf-frame-pointer
- Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This avoids
the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and makes an
extra register available in leaf functions. The option
-fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all functions
which might make debugging harder.
- -mtls-direct-seg-refs
- -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
- Controls whether TLS variables may be accessed with offsets from the TLS
segment register (%gs for 32-bit,
%fs for 64-bit), or whether the thread base
pointer must be added. Whether or not this is legal depends on the
operating system, and whether it maps the segment to cover the entire TLS
area.
For systems that use GNU libc, the default is on.
These -m switches are supported in addition to the above on
AMD x86-64 processors in 64-bit environments.
- -m32
- -m64
- Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment
sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any
i386 system. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and
pointer to 64 bits and generates code for AMD's x86-64 architecture. For
darwin only the -m64 option turns off the -fno-pic and
-mdynamic-no-pic options.
- -mno-red-zone
- Do not use a so called red zone for x86-64 code. The red zone is mandated
by the x86-64 ABI, it is a 128-byte area beyond the location of the stack
pointer that will not be modified by signal or interrupt handlers and
therefore can be used for temporary data without adjusting the stack
pointer. The flag -mno-red-zone disables this red zone.
- -mcmodel=small
- Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols must
be linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default code
model.
- -mcmodel=kernel
- Generate code for the kernel code model. The kernel runs in the negative 2
GB of the address space. This model has to be used for Linux kernel
code.
- -mcmodel=medium
- Generate code for the medium model: The program is linked in the lower 2
GB of the address space but symbols can be located anywhere in the address
space. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked, but building of
shared libraries are not supported with the medium model.
- -mcmodel=large
- Generate code for the large model: This model makes no assumptions about
addresses and sizes of sections. Currently GCC does not implement this
model.
IA-64 Options
These are the -m options defined for the Intel IA-64
architecture.
- -mbig-endian
- Generate code for a big endian target. This is the default for HP-UX.
- -mlittle-endian
- Generate code for a little endian target. This is the default for AIX5 and
GNU/Linux.
- -mgnu-as
- -mno-gnu-as
- Generate (or don't) code for the GNU assembler. This is the default.
- -mgnu-ld
- -mno-gnu-ld
- Generate (or don't) code for the GNU linker. This is the default.
- -mno-pic
- Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result is
not position independent code, and violates the IA-64 ABI.
- -mvolatile-asm-stop
- -mno-volatile-asm-stop
- Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm
statements.
- -mregister-names
- -mno-register-names
- Generate (or don't) in, loc, and out register names
for the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more
readable.
- -mno-sdata
- -msdata
- Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This
may be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
- -mconstant-gp
- Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is
useful when compiling kernel code.
- -mauto-pic
- Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies -mconstant-gp.
This is useful when compiling firmware code.
- -minline-float-divide-min-latency
- Generate code for inline divides of floating point values using the
minimum latency algorithm.
- -minline-float-divide-max-throughput
- Generate code for inline divides of floating point values using the
maximum throughput algorithm.
- -minline-int-divide-min-latency
- Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the minimum
latency algorithm.
- -minline-int-divide-max-throughput
- Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the maximum
throughput algorithm.
- -minline-sqrt-min-latency
- Generate code for inline square roots using the minimum latency
algorithm.
- -minline-sqrt-max-throughput
- Generate code for inline square roots using the maximum throughput
algorithm.
- -mno-dwarf2-asm
- -mdwarf2-asm
- Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF2 line number debugging
info. This may be useful when not using the GNU assembler.
- -mearly-stop-bits
- -mno-early-stop-bits
- Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the
instruction that triggered the stop bit. This can improve instruction
scheduling, but does not always do so.
- -mfixed-range=register-range
- Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A
fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two
registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified
separated by a comma.
- -mtls-size=tls-size
- Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets. Valid values are 14, 22, and
64.
- -mtune=cpu-type
- Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular CPU, Valid values are
itanium, itanium1, merced, itanium2, and mckinley.
- -mt
- -pthread
- Add support for multithreading using the POSIX threads library. This
option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. It does not affect
the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or that of
libraries supplied with it. These are HP-UX specific flags.
- -milp32
- -mlp64
- Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment
sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit environment sets int to
32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits. These are HP-UX specific
flags.
- -mno-sched-br-data-spec
- -msched-br-data-spec
- (Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload. This will result
in generation of the ld.a instructions and the corresponding check
instructions (ld.c / chk.a). The default is 'disable'.
- -msched-ar-data-spec
- -mno-sched-ar-data-spec
- (En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload. This will result in
generation of the ld.a instructions and the corresponding check
instructions (ld.c / chk.a). The default is 'enable'.
- -mno-sched-control-spec
- -msched-control-spec
- (Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling. This feature is available
only during region scheduling (i.e. before reload). This will result in
generation of the ld.s instructions and the corresponding check
instructions chk.s . The default is 'disable'.
- -msched-br-in-data-spec
- -mno-sched-br-in-data-spec
- (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent
on the data speculative loads before reload. This is effective only with
-msched-br-data-spec enabled. The default is 'enable'.
- -msched-ar-in-data-spec
- -mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec
- (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent
on the data speculative loads after reload. This is effective only with
-msched-ar-data-spec enabled. The default is 'enable'.
- -msched-in-control-spec
- -mno-sched-in-control-spec
- (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent
on the control speculative loads. This is effective only with
-msched-control-spec enabled. The default is 'enable'.
- -msched-ldc
- -mno-sched-ldc
- (En/Dis)able use of simple data speculation checks ld.c . If disabled,
only chk.a instructions will be emitted to check data speculative loads.
The default is 'enable'.
- -mno-sched-control-ldc
- -msched-control-ldc
- (Dis/En)able use of ld.c instructions to check control speculative loads.
If enabled, in case of control speculative load with no speculatively
scheduled dependent instructions this load will be emitted as ld.sa and
ld.c will be used to check it. The default is 'disable'.
- -mno-sched-spec-verbose
- -msched-spec-verbose
- (Dis/En)able printing of the information about speculative motions.
- -mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
- -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns
- If enabled, data speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule only
if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make the use of the
data speculation much more conservative. The default is 'disable'.
- -mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
- -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
- If enabled, control speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule
only if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make the use
of the control speculation much more conservative. The default is
'disable'.
- -mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path
- -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path
- If enabled, speculative dependencies will be considered during computation
of the instructions priorities. This will make the use of the speculation
a bit more conservative. The default is 'disable'.
M32C Options
- -mcpu=name
- Select the CPU for which code is generated. name may be one of
r8c for the R8C/Tiny series, m16c for the M16C (up to /60)
series, m32cm for the M16C/80 series, or m32c for the
M32C/80 series.
- -msim
- Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes an
alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports, for example,
file I/O. You must not use this option when generating programs that will
run on real hardware; you must provide your own runtime library for
whatever I/O functions are needed.
- -memregs=number
- Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers GCC will use during
code generation. These pseudo-registers will be used like real registers,
so there is a tradeoff between GCC's ability to fit the code into
available registers, and the performance penalty of using memory instead
of registers. Note that all modules in a program must be compiled with the
same value for this option. Because of that, you must not use this option
with the default runtime libraries gcc builds.
M32R/D Options
These -m options are defined for Renesas M32R/D
architectures:
- -m32r2
- Generate code for the M32R/2.
- -m32rx
- Generate code for the M32R/X.
- -m32r
- Generate code for the M32R. This is the default.
- -mmodel=small
- Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their
addresses can be loaded with the "ld24"
instruction), and assume all subroutines are reachable with the
"bl" instruction. This is the default.
The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
"model" attribute.
- -mmodel=medium
- Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
will generate "seth/add3" instructions
to load their addresses), and assume all subroutines are reachable with
the "bl" instruction.
- -mmodel=large
- Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
will generate "seth/add3" instructions
to load their addresses), and assume subroutines may not be reachable with
the "bl" instruction (the compiler will
generate the much slower "seth/add3/jl"
instruction sequence).
- -msdata=none
- Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into one of
.data, bss, or .rodata (unless the
"section" attribute has been specified).
This is the default.
The small data area consists of sections .sdata and
.sbss. Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with
the "section" attribute using one of
these sections.
- -msdata=sdata
- Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
generate special code to reference them.
- -msdata=use
- Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
special instructions to reference them.
- -G num
- Put global and static objects less than or equal to num bytes into
the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss sections.
The default value of num is 8. The -msdata option must be
set to one of sdata or use for this option to have any
effect.
All modules should be compiled with the same -G
num value. Compiling with different values of num may or
may not work; if it doesn't the linker will give an error
message---incorrect code will not be generated.
- -mdebug
- Makes the M32R specific code in the compiler display some statistics that
might help in debugging programs.
- -malign-loops
- Align all loops to a 32-byte boundary.
- -mno-align-loops
- Do not enforce a 32-byte alignment for loops. This is the default.
- -missue-rate=number
- Issue number instructions per cycle. number can only be 1 or
2.
- -mbranch-cost=number
- number can only be 1 or 2. If it is 1 then branches will be
preferred over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite will
apply.
- -mflush-trap=number
- Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache. The default is 12.
Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.
- -mno-flush-trap
- Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.
- -mflush-func=name
- Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to flush the
cache. The default is _flush_cache, but a function call will only
be used if a trap is not available.
- -mno-flush-func
- Indicates that there is no OS function for flushing the cache.
M680x0 Options
These are the -m options defined for the 68000 series. The
default values for these options depends on which style of 68000 was
selected when the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common
choices are given below.
- -m68000
- -mc68000
- Generate output for a 68000. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68000-based systems.
Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000
core, including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and
68356.
- -m68020
- -mc68020
- Generate output for a 68020. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68020-based systems.
- -m68881
- Generate output containing 68881 instructions for floating point. This is
the default for most 68020 systems unless --nfp was specified when
the compiler was configured.
- -m68030
- Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68030-based systems.
- -m68040
- Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68040-based systems.
This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that
have to be emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your
68040 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
- -m68060
- Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68060-based systems.
This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882
instructions that have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this
option if your 68060 does not have code to emulate those
instructions.
- -mcpu32
- Generate output for a CPU32. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for CPU32-based systems.
Use this option for microcontrollers with a CPU32 or CPU32+
core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334, 68336, 68340,
68341, 68349 and 68360.
- -m5200
- Generate output for a 520X "coldfire" family cpu. This is the
default when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems.
Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core,
including the MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5202.
- -mcfv4e
- Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family cpu (e.g. 547x/548x). This
includes use of hardware floating point instructions.
- -m68020-40
- Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the 68881
instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
- -m68020-60
- Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the 68881
instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
- -msoft-float
- Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all m68k
targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
used, but this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
cross-compilation. The embedded targets m68k-*-aout and
m68k-*-coff do provide software floating point support.
- -mshort
- Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide,
like "short int". Additionally,
parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a 16-bit boundary even
on targets whose API mandates promotion to 32-bit.
- -mnobitfield
- Do not use the bit-field instructions. The -m68000, -mcpu32
and -m5200 options imply -mnobitfield.
- -mbitfield
- Do use the bit-field instructions. The -m68020 option implies
-mbitfield. This is the default if you use a configuration designed
for a 68020.
- -mrtd
- Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that take
a fixed number of arguments return with the
"rtd" instruction, which pops their
arguments while returning. This saves one instruction in the caller since
there is no need to pop the arguments there.
This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
compiled with the Unix compiler.
Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions
that take variable numbers of arguments (including
"printf"); otherwise incorrect code
will be generated for calls to those functions.
In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call
a function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
harmlessly ignored.)
The "rtd" instruction is
supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030, 68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors,
but not by the 68000 or 5200.
- -malign-int
- -mno-align-int
- Control whether GCC aligns "int",
"long", "long
long", "float",
"double", and
"long double" variables on a 32-bit
boundary (-malign-int) or a 16-bit boundary
(-mno-align-int). Aligning variables on 32-bit boundaries produces
code that runs somewhat faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the
expense of more memory.
Warning: if you use the -malign-int switch, GCC
will align structures containing the above types differently than most
published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
- -mpcrel
- Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
using a global offset table. At present, this option implies -fpic,
allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. -fPIC
is not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this could be
supported for 68020 and higher processors.
- -mno-strict-align
- -mstrict-align
- Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by the
system.
- -msep-data
- Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different
area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in
an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies
-fPIC.
- -mno-sep-data
- Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.
This is the default.
- -mid-shared-library
- Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method.
This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
without virtual memory management. This option implies -fPIC.
- -mno-id-shared-library
- Generate code that doesn't assume ID based shared libraries are being
used. This is the default.
- -mshared-library-id=n
- Specified the identification number of the ID based shared library being
compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code,
specifying other values will force the allocation of that number to the
current library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this
option.
M68hc1x Options
These are the -m options defined for the 68hc11 and 68hc12
microcontrollers. The default values for these options depends on which
style of microcontroller was selected when the compiler was configured; the
defaults for the most common choices are given below.
- -m6811
- -m68hc11
- Generate output for a 68HC11. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68HC11-based systems.
- -m6812
- -m68hc12
- Generate output for a 68HC12. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68HC12-based systems.
- -m68S12
- -m68hcs12
- Generate output for a 68HCS12.
- -mauto-incdec
- Enable the use of 68HC12 pre and post auto-increment and auto-decrement
addressing modes.
- -minmax
- -nominmax
- Enable the use of 68HC12 min and max instructions.
- -mlong-calls
- -mno-long-calls
- Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be far
away, the compiler will use the "call"
instruction to call a function and the
"rtc" instruction for returning.
- -mshort
- Consider type "int" to be 16 bits wide,
like "short int".
- -msoft-reg-count=count
- Specify the number of pseudo-soft registers which are used for the code
generation. The maximum number is 32. Using more pseudo-soft register may
or may not result in better code depending on the program. The default is
4 for 68HC11 and 2 for 68HC12.
MCore Options
These are the -m options defined for the Motorola M*Core
processors.
- -mhardlit
- -mno-hardlit
- Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
instructions or less.
- -mdiv
- -mno-div
- Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
- -mrelax-immediate
- -mno-relax-immediate
- Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.
- -mwide-bitfields
- -mno-wide-bitfields
- Always treat bit-fields as int-sized.
- -m4byte-functions
- -mno-4byte-functions
- Force all functions to be aligned to a four byte boundary.
- -mcallgraph-data
- -mno-callgraph-data
- Emit callgraph information.
- -mslow-bytes
- -mno-slow-bytes
- Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
- -mlittle-endian
- -mbig-endian
- Generate code for a little endian target.
- -m210
- -m340
- Generate code for the 210 processor.
MIPS Options
- -EB
- Generate big-endian code.
- -EL
- Generate little-endian code. This is the default for mips*el-*-*
configurations.
- -march=arch
- Generate code that will run on arch, which can be the name of a
generic MIPS ISA, or the name of a particular processor. The ISA names
are: mips1, mips2, mips3, mips4,
mips32, mips32r2, and mips64. The processor names
are: 4kc, 4km, 4kp, 5kc, 5kf,
20kc, 24k, 24kc, 24kf, 24kx,
m4k, orion, r2000, r3000, r3900,
r4000, r4400, r4600, r4650, r6000,
r8000, rm7000, rm9000, sb1, sr71000,
vr4100, vr4111, vr4120, vr4130, vr4300,
vr5000, vr5400 and vr5500. The special value
from-abi selects the most compatible architecture for the selected
ABI (that is, mips1 for 32-bit ABIs and mips3 for 64-bit
ABIs).
In processor names, a final 000 can be abbreviated as
k (for example, -march=r2k). Prefixes are optional, and
vr may be written r.
GCC defines two macros based on the value of this option. The
first is _MIPS_ARCH, which gives the name of target architecture,
as a string. The second has the form _MIPS_ARCH_foo, where
foo is the capitalized value of _MIPS_ARCH. For example,
-march=r2000 will set _MIPS_ARCH to
"r2000" and define the macro
_MIPS_ARCH_R2000.
Note that the _MIPS_ARCH macro uses the processor names
given above. In other words, it will have the full prefix and will not
abbreviate 000 as k. In the case of from-abi, the
macro names the resolved architecture (either "mips1"
or "mips3"). It names the default architecture when no
-march option is given.
- -mtune=arch
- Optimize for arch. Among other things, this option controls the way
instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of arithmetic
operations. The list of arch values is the same as for
-march.
When this option is not used, GCC will optimize for the
processor specified by -march. By using -march and
-mtune together, it is possible to generate code that will run on
a family of processors, but optimize the code for one particular member
of that family.
-mtune defines the macros _MIPS_TUNE and
_MIPS_TUNE_foo, which work in the same way as the
-march ones described above.
- -mips1
- Equivalent to -march=mips1.
- -mips2
- Equivalent to -march=mips2.
- -mips3
- Equivalent to -march=mips3.
- -mips4
- Equivalent to -march=mips4.
- -mips32
- Equivalent to -march=mips32.
- -mips32r2
- Equivalent to -march=mips32r2.
- -mips64
- Equivalent to -march=mips64.
- -mips16
- -mno-mips16
- Generate (do not generate) MIPS16 code. If GCC is targetting a MIPS32 or
MIPS64 architecture, it will make use of the MIPS16e ASE.
- -mabi=32
- -mabi=o64
- -mabi=n32
- -mabi=64
- -mabi=eabi
- Generate code for the given ABI.
Note that the EABI has a 32-bit and a 64-bit variant. GCC
normally generates 64-bit code when you select a 64-bit architecture,
but you can use -mgp32 to get 32-bit code instead.
For information about the O64 ABI, see
<http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64-abi.html>.
- -mabicalls
- -mno-abicalls
- Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4-style dynamic
objects. -mabicalls is the default for SVR4-based systems.
- -mshared
- -mno-shared
- Generate (do not generate) code that is fully position-independent, and
that can therefore be linked into shared libraries. This option only
affects -mabicalls.
All -mabicalls code has traditionally been
position-independent, regardless of options like -fPIC and
-fpic. However, as an extension, the GNU toolchain allows
executables to use absolute accesses for locally-binding symbols. It can
also use shorter GP initialization sequences and generate direct calls
to locally-defined functions. This mode is selected by
-mno-shared.
-mno-shared depends on binutils 2.16 or higher and
generates objects that can only be linked by the GNU linker. However,
the option does not affect the ABI of the final executable; it only
affects the ABI of relocatable objects. Using -mno-shared will
generally make executables both smaller and quicker.
-mshared is the default.
- -mxgot
- -mno-xgot
- Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global offset
table.
GCC normally uses a single instruction to load values from the
GOT. While this is relatively efficient, it will only work if the GOT is
smaller than about 64k. Anything larger will cause the linker to report
an error such as:
relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar
If this happens, you should recompile your code with
-mxgot. It should then work with very large GOTs, although it
will also be less efficient, since it will take three instructions to
fetch the value of a global symbol.
Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs. If you have
such a linker, you should only need to use -mxgot when a single
object file accesses more than 64k's worth of GOT entries. Very few
do.
These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position
independent code.
- -mgp32
- Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.
- -mgp64
- Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.
- -mfp32
- Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.
- -mfp64
- Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.
- -mhard-float
- Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.
- -msoft-float
- Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions. Implement
floating-point calculations using library calls instead.
- -msingle-float
- Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-precision
operations.
- -mdouble-float
- Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-precision
operations. This is the default.
- -mdsp
- -mno-dsp
- Use (do not use) the MIPS DSP ASE.
- -mpaired-single
- -mno-paired-single
- Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions.
This option can only be used when generating 64-bit code and requires
hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
- -mips3d
- -mno-mips3d
- Use (do not use) the MIPS-3D ASE. The option -mips3d implies
-mpaired-single.
- -mlong64
- Force "long" types to be 64 bits wide.
See -mlong32 for an explanation of the default and the way that the
pointer size is determined.
- -mlong32
- Force "long",
"int", and pointer types to be 32 bits
wide.
The default size of "int"s,
"long"s and pointers depends on the
ABI. All the supported ABIs use 32-bit
"int"s. The n64 ABI uses 64-bit
"long"s, as does the 64-bit EABI; the
others use 32-bit "long"s. Pointers
are the same size as "long"s, or the
same size as integer registers, whichever is smaller.
- -msym32
- -mno-sym32
- Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32-bit values, regardless of
the selected ABI. This option is useful in combination with
-mabi=64 and -mno-abicalls because it allows GCC to generate
shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.
- -G num
- Put global and static items less than or equal to num bytes into
the small data or bss section instead of the normal data or bss section.
This allows the data to be accessed using a single instruction.
All modules should be compiled with the same -G
num value.
- -membedded-data
- -mno-embedded-data
- Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of RAM
required when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded
systems.
- -muninit-const-in-rodata
- -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
- Put uninitialized "const" variables in
the read-only data section. This option is only meaningful in conjunction
with -membedded-data.
- -msplit-addresses
- -mno-split-addresses
- Enable (disable) use of the "%hi()" and
"%lo()" assembler relocation operators.
This option has been superseded by -mexplicit-relocs but is
retained for backwards compatibility.
- -mexplicit-relocs
- -mno-explicit-relocs
- Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic
addresses. The alternative, selected by -mno-explicit-relocs, is to
use assembler macros instead.
-mexplicit-relocs is the default if GCC was configured
to use an assembler that supports relocation operators.
- -mcheck-zero-division
- -mno-check-zero-division
- Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero. The default is
-mcheck-zero-division.
- -mdivide-traps
- -mdivide-breaks
- MIPS systems check for division by zero by generating either a conditional
trap or a break instruction. Using traps results in smaller code, but is
only supported on MIPS II and later. Also, some versions of the Linux
kernel have a bug that prevents trap from generating the proper signal
("SIGFPE"). Use -mdivide-traps to
allow conditional traps on architectures that support them and
-mdivide-breaks to force the use of breaks.
The default is usually -mdivide-traps, but this can be
overridden at configure time using --with-divide=breaks.
Divide-by-zero checks can be completely disabled using
-mno-check-zero-division.
- -mmemcpy
- -mno-memcpy
- Force (do not force) the use of
"memcpy()" for non-trivial block moves.
The default is -mno-memcpy, which allows GCC to inline most
constant-sized copies.
- -mlong-calls
- -mno-long-calls
- Disable (do not disable) use of the
"jal" instruction. Calling functions
using "jal" is more efficient but
requires the caller and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment.
This option has no effect on abicalls code. The default is
-mno-long-calls.
- -mmad
- -mno-mad
- Enable (disable) use of the "mad",
"madu" and
"mul" instructions, as provided by the
R4650 ISA.
- -mfused-madd
- -mno-fused-madd
- Enable (disable) use of the floating point multiply-accumulate
instructions, when they are available. The default is -mfused-madd.
When multiply-accumulate instructions are used, the
intermediate product is calculated to infinite precision and is not
subject to the FCSR Flush to Zero bit. This may be undesirable in some
circumstances.
- -nocpp
- Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user assembler
files (with a .s suffix) when assembling them.
- -mfix-r4000
- -mno-fix-r4000
- Work around certain R4000 CPU errata:
- A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
immediately after starting an integer division.
- A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
while an integer multiplication is in progress.
- An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in a delay
slot of a taken branch or a jump.
- -mfix-r4400
- -mno-fix-r4400
- Work around certain R4400 CPU errata:
- -
- A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
immediately after starting an integer division.
- -mfix-vr4120
- -mno-fix-vr4120
- Work around certain VR4120 errata:
- "dmultu" does not always produce the
correct result.
- "div" and
"ddiv" do not always produce the correct
result if one of the operands is negative.
The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions
in libgcc.a. At present, these functions are only provided by the
"mips64vr*-elf" configurations.
Other VR4120 errata require a nop to be inserted between certain
pairs of instructions. These errata are handled by the assembler, not by GCC
itself.
- -mfix-vr4130
- Work around the VR4130
"mflo"/"mfhi"
errata. The workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by
GCC, although GCC will avoid using
"mflo" and
"mfhi" if the VR4130
"macc",
"macchi",
"dmacc" and
"dmacchi" instructions are available
instead.
- -mfix-sb1
- -mno-fix-sb1
- Work around certain SB-1 CPU core errata. (This flag currently works
around the SB-1 revision 2 "F1" and "F2" floating
point errata.)
- -mflush-func=func
- -mno-flush-func
- Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to not call
any such function. If called, the function must take the same arguments as
the common "_flush_func()", that is, the
address of the memory range for which the cache is being flushed, the size
of the memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches). The default
depends on the target GCC was configured for, but commonly is either
_flush_func or __cpu_flush.
- -mbranch-likely
- -mno-branch-likely
- Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of the
default for the selected architecture. By default, Branch Likely
instructions may be generated if they are supported by the selected
architecture. An exception is for the MIPS32 and MIPS64 architectures and
processors which implement those architectures; for those, Branch Likely
instructions will not be generated by default because the MIPS32 and
MIPS64 architectures specifically deprecate their use.
- -mfp-exceptions
- -mno-fp-exceptions
- Specifies whether FP exceptions are enabled. This affects how we schedule
FP instructions for some processors. The default is that FP exceptions are
enabled.
For instance, on the SB-1, if FP exceptions are disabled, and
we are emitting 64-bit code, then we can use both FP pipes. Otherwise,
we can only use one FP pipe.
- -mvr4130-align
- -mno-vr4130-align
- The VR4130 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two
instructions together if the first one is 8-byte aligned. When this option
is enabled, GCC will align pairs of instructions that it thinks should
execute in parallel.
This option only has an effect when optimizing for the VR4130.
It normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger.
It is enabled by default at optimization level -O3.
MMIX Options
These options are defined for the MMIX:
- -mlibfuncs
- -mno-libfuncs
- Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, passing all
values in registers, no matter the size.
- -mepsilon
- -mno-epsilon
- Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with respect
to the "rE" epsilon register.
- -mabi=mmixware
- -mabi=gnu
- Generate code that passes function parameters and return values that (in
the called function) are seen as registers $0 and
up, as opposed to the GNU ABI which uses global registers
$231 and up.
- -mzero-extend
- -mno-zero-extend
- When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use (do not
use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather than
sign-extending ones.
- -mknuthdiv
- -mno-knuthdiv
- Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same sign as
the divisor. With the default, -mno-knuthdiv, the sign of the
remainder follows the sign of the dividend. Both methods are
arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.
- -mtoplevel-symbols
- -mno-toplevel-symbols
- Prepend (do not prepend) a : to all global symbols, so the assembly
code can be used with the "PREFIX"
assembly directive.
- -melf
- Generate an executable in the ELF format, rather than the default
mmo format used by the mmix simulator.
- -mbranch-predict
- -mno-branch-predict
- Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static branch
prediction indicates a probable branch.
- -mbase-addresses
- -mno-base-addresses
- Generate (do not generate) code that uses base addresses. Using a
base address automatically generates a request (handled by the assembler
and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global register. The
register is used for one or more base address requests within the range 0
to 255 from the value held in the register. The generally leads to short
and fast code, but the number of different data items that can be
addressed is limited. This means that a program that uses lots of static
data may require -mno-base-addresses.
- -msingle-exit
- -mno-single-exit
- Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in each
function.
MN10300 Options
These -m options are defined for Matsushita MN10300
architectures:
- -mmult-bug
- Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300
processors. This is the default.
- -mno-mult-bug
- Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
MN10300 processors.
- -mam33
- Generate code which uses features specific to the AM33 processor.
- -mno-am33
- Do not generate code which uses features specific to the AM33 processor.
This is the default.
- -mreturn-pointer-on-d0
- When generating a function which returns a pointer, return the pointer in
both "a0" and
"d0". Otherwise, the pointer is returned
only in a0, and attempts to call such functions without a prototype would
result in errors. Note that this option is on by default; use
-mno-return-pointer-on-d0 to disable it.
- -mno-crt0
- Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
- -mrelax
- Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization
pass to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option
only has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
MT Options
These -m options are defined for Morpho MT
architectures:
- -march=cpu-type
- Generate code that will run on cpu-type, which is the name of a
system representing a certain processor type. Possible values for
cpu-type are ms1-64-001, ms1-16-002,
ms1-16-003 and ms2.
When this option is not used, the default is
-march=ms1-16-002.
- -mbacc
- Use byte loads and stores when generating code.
- -mno-bacc
- Do not use byte loads and stores when generating code.
- -msim
- Use simulator runtime
- -mno-crt0
- Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file crti.o.
Other run-time initialization and termination files such as
startup.o and exit.o are still included on the linker
command line.
PDP-11 Options
These options are defined for the PDP-11:
- -mfpu
- Use hardware FPP floating point. This is the default. (FIS floating point
on the PDP-11/40 is not supported.)
- -msoft-float
- Do not use hardware floating point.
- -mac0
- Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syntax).
- -mno-ac0
- Return floating-point results in memory. This is the default.
- -m40
- Generate code for a PDP-11/40.
- -m45
- Generate code for a PDP-11/45. This is the default.
- -m10
- Generate code for a PDP-11/10.
- -mbcopy-builtin
- Use inline "movmemhi" patterns for
copying memory. This is the default.
- -mbcopy
- Do not use inline "movmemhi" patterns
for copying memory.
- -mint16
- -mno-int32
- Use 16-bit "int". This is the
default.
- -mint32
- -mno-int16
- Use 32-bit "int".
- -mfloat64
- -mno-float32
- Use 64-bit "float". This is the
default.
- -mfloat32
- -mno-float64
- Use 32-bit "float".
- -mabshi
- Use "abshi2" pattern. This is the
default.
- -mno-abshi
- Do not use "abshi2" pattern.
- -mbranch-expensive
- Pretend that branches are expensive. This is for experimenting with code
generation only.
- -mbranch-cheap
- Do not pretend that branches are expensive. This is the default.
- -msplit
- Generate code for a system with split I&D.
- -mno-split
- Generate code for a system without split I&D. This is the
default.
- -munix-asm
- Use Unix assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for
pdp11-*-bsd.
- -mdec-asm
- Use DEC assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for any
PDP-11 target other than pdp11-*-bsd.
PowerPC Options
These are listed under
IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
These -m options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and
PowerPC:
- -mpower
- -mno-power
- -mpower2
- -mno-power2
- -mpowerpc
- -mno-powerpc
- -mpowerpc-gpopt
- -mno-powerpc-gpopt
- -mpowerpc-gfxopt
- -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
- -mpowerpc64
- -mno-powerpc64
- -mmfcrf
- -mno-mfcrf
- -mpopcntb
- -mno-popcntb
- -mfprnd
- -mno-fprnd
- GCC supports two related instruction set architectures for the RS/6000 and
PowerPC. The POWER instruction set are those instructions supported
by the rios chip set used in the original RS/6000 systems and the
PowerPC instruction set is the architecture of the Freescale
MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and the IBM 4xx, 6xx, and
follow-on microprocessors.
Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there
is a large common subset of instructions supported by both. An MQ
register is included in processors supporting the POWER
architecture.
You use these options to specify which instructions are
available on the processor you are using. The default value of these
options is determined when configuring GCC. Specifying the
-mcpu=cpu_type overrides the specification of these
options. We recommend you use the -mcpu=cpu_type option
rather than the options listed above.
The -mpower option allows GCC to generate instructions
that are found only in the POWER architecture and to use the MQ
register. Specifying -mpower2 implies -power and also
allows GCC to generate instructions that are present in the POWER2
architecture but not the original POWER architecture.
The -mpowerpc option allows GCC to generate
instructions that are found only in the 32-bit subset of the PowerPC
architecture. Specifying -mpowerpc-gpopt implies -mpowerpc
and also allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture
instructions in the General Purpose group, including floating-point
square root. Specifying -mpowerpc-gfxopt implies -mpowerpc
and also allows GCC to use the optional PowerPC architecture
instructions in the Graphics group, including floating-point select.
The -mmfcrf option allows GCC to generate the move from
condition register field instruction implemented on the POWER4 processor
and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01 architecture. The
-mpopcntb option allows GCC to generate the popcount and double
precision FP reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the POWER5
processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.02
architecture. The -mfprnd option allows GCC to generate the FP
round to integer instructions implemented on the POWER5+ processor and
other processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architecture.
The -mpowerpc64 option allows GCC to generate the
additional 64-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64
architecture and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. GCC
defaults to -mno-powerpc64.
If you specify both -mno-power and -mno-powerpc,
GCC will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
architectures plus some special AIX common-mode calls, and will not use
the MQ register. Specifying both -mpower and -mpowerpc
permits GCC to use any instruction from either architecture and to allow
use of the MQ register; specify this for the Motorola MPC601.
- -mnew-mnemonics
- -mold-mnemonics
- Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code. With
-mnew-mnemonics, GCC uses the assembler mnemonics defined for the
PowerPC architecture. With -mold-mnemonics it uses the assembler
mnemonics defined for the POWER architecture. Instructions defined in only
one architecture have only one mnemonic; GCC uses that mnemonic
irrespective of which of these options is specified.
GCC defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture
in use. Specifying -mcpu=cpu_type sometimes overrides the
value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
should normally not specify either -mnew-mnemonics or
-mold-mnemonics, but should instead accept the default.
- -mcpu=cpu_type
- Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
instruction scheduling parameters for machine type cpu_type.
Supported values for cpu_type are 401, 403,
405, 405fp, 440, 440fp, 505,
601, 602, 603, 603e, 604, 604e,
620, 630, 740, 7400, 7450, 750,
801, 821, 823, 860, 970, 8540,
ec603e, G3, G4, G5, power,
power2, power3, power4, power5,
power5+, power6, common, powerpc,
powerpc64, rios, rios1, rios2, rsc, and
rs64.
-mcpu=common selects a completely generic processor.
Code generated under this option will run on any POWER or PowerPC
processor. GCC will use only the instructions in the common subset of
both architectures, and will not use the MQ register. GCC assumes a
generic processor model for scheduling purposes.
-mcpu=power, -mcpu=power2, -mcpu=powerpc,
and -mcpu=powerpc64 specify generic POWER, POWER2, pure 32-bit
PowerPC (i.e., not MPC601), and 64-bit PowerPC architecture machine
types, with an appropriate, generic processor model assumed for
scheduling purposes.
The other options specify a specific processor. Code generated
under those options will run best on that processor, and may not run at
all on others.
The -mcpu options automatically enable or disable the
following options: -maltivec, -mfprnd,
-mhard-float, -mmfcrf, -mmultiple,
-mnew-mnemonics, -mpopcntb, -mpower,
-mpower2, -mpowerpc64, -mpowerpc-gpopt,
-mpowerpc-gfxopt, -mstring, -mmulhw,
-mdlmzb. The particular options set for any particular CPU will
vary between compiler versions, depending on what setting seems to
produce optimal code for that CPU; it doesn't necessarily reflect the
actual hardware's capabilities. If you wish to set an individual option
to a particular value, you may specify it after the -mcpu option,
like -mcpu=970 -mno-altivec.
On AIX, the -maltivec and -mpowerpc64 options
are not enabled or disabled by the -mcpu option at present
because AIX does not have full support for these options. You may still
enable or disable them individually if you're sure it'll work in your
environment.
- -mtune=cpu_type
- Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
cpu_type, but do not set the architecture type, register usage, or
choice of mnemonics, as -mcpu=cpu_type would. The same
values for cpu_type are used for -mtune as for -mcpu.
If both are specified, the code generated will use the architecture,
registers, and mnemonics set by -mcpu, but the scheduling
parameters set by -mtune.
- -mswdiv
- -mno-swdiv
- Generate code to compute division as reciprocal estimate and iterative
refinement, creating opportunities for increased throughput. This feature
requires: optional PowerPC Graphics instruction set for single precision
and FRE instruction for double precision, assuming divides cannot generate
user-visible traps, and the domain values not include Infinities,
denormals or zero denominator.
- -maltivec
- -mno-altivec
- Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and also
enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the
AltiVec instruction set. You may also need to set -mabi=altivec to
adjust the current ABI with AltiVec ABI enhancements.
- -mvrsave
- -mno-vrsave
- Generate VRSAVE instructions when generating AltiVec code.
- -msecure-plt
- Generate code that allows ld and ld.so to build executables and shared
libraries with non-exec .plt and .got sections. This is a PowerPC 32-bit
SYSV ABI option.
- -mbss-plt
- Generate code that uses a BSS .plt section that ld.so fills in, and
requires .plt and .got sections that are both writable and executable.
This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.
- -misel
- -mno-isel
- This switch enables or disables the generation of ISEL instructions.
- -misel=yes/no
- This switch has been deprecated. Use -misel and -mno-isel
instead.
- -mspe
- -mno-spe
- This switch enables or disables the generation of SPE simd
instructions.
- -mspe=yes/no
- This option has been deprecated. Use -mspe and -mno-spe
instead.
- -mfloat-gprs=yes/single/double/no
- -mfloat-gprs
- This switch enables or disables the generation of floating point
operations on the general purpose registers for architectures that support
it.
The argument yes or single enables the use of
single-precision floating point operations.
The argument double enables the use of single and
double-precision floating point operations.
The argument no disables floating point operations on
the general purpose registers.
This option is currently only available on the MPC854x.
- -m32
- -m64
- Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit environments of Darwin and SVR4 targets
(including GNU/Linux). The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer
to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any PowerPC variant. The 64-bit
environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits, and
generates code for PowerPC64, as for -mpowerpc64.
- -mfull-toc
- -mno-fp-in-toc
- -mno-sum-in-toc
- -mminimal-toc
- Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created for
every executable file. The -mfull-toc option is selected by
default. In that case, GCC will allocate at least one TOC entry for each
unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. GCC will also
place floating-point constants in the TOC. However, only 16,384 entries
are available in the TOC.
If you receive a linker error message that saying you have
overflowed the available TOC space, you can reduce the amount of TOC
space used with the -mno-fp-in-toc and -mno-sum-in-toc
options. -mno-fp-in-toc prevents GCC from putting floating-point
constants in the TOC and -mno-sum-in-toc forces GCC to generate
code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at run-time
instead of putting that sum into the TOC. You may specify one or both of
these options. Each causes GCC to produce very slightly slower and
larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.
If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify
both of these options, specify -mminimal-toc instead. This option
causes GCC to make only one TOC entry for every file. When you specify
this option, GCC will produce code that is slower and larger but which
uses extremely little TOC space. You may wish to use this option only on
files that contain less frequently executed code.
- -maix64
- -maix32
- Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit
"long" type, and the infrastructure
needed to support them. Specifying -maix64 implies
-mpowerpc64 and -mpowerpc, while -maix32 disables the
64-bit ABI and implies -mno-powerpc64. GCC defaults to
-maix32.
- -mxl-compat
- -mno-xl-compat
- Produce code that conforms more closely to IBM XL compiler semantics when
using AIX-compatible ABI. Pass floating-point arguments to prototyped
functions beyond the register save area (RSA) on the stack in addition to
argument FPRs. Do not assume that most significant double in 128-bit long
double value is properly rounded when comparing values and converting to
double. Use XL symbol names for long double support routines.
The AIX calling convention was extended but not initially
documented to handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function
that takes the address of its arguments with fewer arguments than
declared. IBM XL compilers access floating point arguments which do not
fit in the RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by IBM
XL compilers without optimization.
- -mpe
- Support IBM RS/6000 SP Parallel Environment (PE). Link an
application written to use message passing with special startup code to
enable the application to run. The system must have PE installed in the
standard location (/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/), or the specs file
must be overridden with the -specs= option to specify the
appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not support
threads, so the -mpe option and the -pthread option are
incompatible.
- -malign-natural
- -malign-power
- On AIX, 32-bit Darwin, and 64-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option
-malign-natural overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger
types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based
boundary. The option -malign-power instructs GCC to follow the
ABI-specified alignment rules. GCC defaults to the standard alignment
defined in the ABI.
On 64-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and
-malign-power is not supported.
- -msoft-float
- -mhard-float
- Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
-msoft-float option, and pass the option to GCC when linking.
- -mmultiple
- -mno-multiple
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word instructions
and the store multiple word instructions. These instructions are generated
by default on POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not
use -mmultiple on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian mode. The
exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit the instructions usage in
little endian mode.
- -mstring
- -mno-string
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions and
the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and do small
block moves. These instructions are generated by default on POWER systems,
and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use -mstring on little
endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
processor is in little endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750
which permit the instructions usage in little endian mode.
- -mupdate
- -mno-update
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions that
update the base register to the address of the calculated memory location.
These instructions are generated by default. If you use
-mno-update, there is a small window between the time that the
stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is stored,
which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or signals
may get corrupted data.
- -mfused-madd
- -mno-fused-madd
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
hardware floating is used.
- -mmulhw
- -mno-mulhw
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and
multiply-accumulate instructions on the IBM 405 and 440 processors. These
instructions are generated by default when targetting those
processors.
- -mdlmzb
- -mno-dlmzb
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search dlmzb
instruction on the IBM 405 and 440 processors. This instruction is
generated by default when targetting those processors.
- -mno-bit-align
- -mbit-align
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base type of the
bit-field.
For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
"unsigned" bit-fields of length 1
would be aligned to a 4 byte boundary and have a size of 4 bytes. By
using -mno-bit-align, the structure would be aligned to a 1 byte
boundary and be one byte in size.
- -mno-strict-align
- -mstrict-align
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
- -mrelocatable
- -mno-relocatable
- On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow) the
program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. If you use
-mrelocatable on any module, all objects linked together must be
compiled with -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.
- -mrelocatable-lib
- -mno-relocatable-lib
- On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow) the
program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. Modules
compiled with -mrelocatable-lib can be linked with either modules
compiled without -mrelocatable and -mrelocatable-lib or with
modules compiled with the -mrelocatable options.
- -mno-toc
- -mtoc
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
used in the program.
- -mlittle
- -mlittle-endian
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor
in little endian mode. The -mlittle-endian option is the same as
-mlittle.
- -mbig
- -mbig-endian
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor
in big endian mode. The -mbig-endian option is the same as
-mbig.
- -mdynamic-no-pic
- On Darwin and Mac OS X systems, compile code so that it is not
relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable. The
resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared
libraries.
- -mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority
- This option controls the priority that is assigned to dispatch-slot
restricted instructions during the second scheduling pass. The argument
priority takes the value 0/1/2 to assign
no/highest/second-highest priority to dispatch slot restricted
instructions.
- -msched-costly-dep=dependence_type
- This option controls which dependences are considered costly by the target
during instruction scheduling. The argument dependence_type takes
one of the following values: no: no dependence is costly,
all: all dependences are costly, true_store_to_load: a true
dependence from store to load is costly, store_to_load: any
dependence from store to load is costly, number: any dependence
which latency >= number is costly.
- -minsert-sched-nops=scheme
- This option controls which nop insertion scheme will be used during the
second scheduling pass. The argument scheme takes one of the
following values: no: Don't insert nops. pad: Pad with nops
any dispatch group which has vacant issue slots, according to the
scheduler's grouping. regroup_exact: Insert nops to force costly
dependent insns into separate groups. Insert exactly as many nops as
needed to force an insn to a new group, according to the estimated
processor grouping. number: Insert nops to force costly dependent
insns into separate groups. Insert number nops to force an insn to
a new group.
- -mcall-sysv
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
default unless you configured GCC using powerpc-*-eabiaix.
- -mcall-sysv-eabi
- Specify both -mcall-sysv and -meabi options.
- -mcall-sysv-noeabi
- Specify both -mcall-sysv and -mno-eabi options.
- -mcall-solaris
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Solaris
operating system.
- -mcall-linux
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
Linux-based GNU system.
- -mcall-gnu
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Hurd-based
GNU system.
- -mcall-netbsd
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the NetBSD
operating system.
- -maix-struct-return
- Return all structures in memory (as specified by the AIX ABI).
- -msvr4-struct-return
- Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified by the
SVR4 ABI).
- -mabi=abi-type
- Extend the current ABI with a particular extension, or remove such
extension. Valid values are altivec, no-altivec, spe,
no-spe, ibmlongdouble, ieeelongdouble.
- -mabi=spe
- Extend the current ABI with SPE ABI extensions. This does not change the
default ABI, instead it adds the SPE ABI extensions to the current
ABI.
- -mabi=no-spe
- Disable Booke SPE ABI extensions for the current ABI.
- -mabi=ibmlongdouble
- Change the current ABI to use IBM extended precision long double. This is
a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option.
- -mabi=ieeelongdouble
- Change the current ABI to use IEEE extended precision long double. This is
a PowerPC 32-bit Linux ABI option.
- -mprototype
- -mno-prototype
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (CR) to indicate
whether floating point values were passed in the floating point registers
in case the function takes a variable arguments. With -mprototype,
only calls to prototyped variable argument functions will set or clear the
bit.
- -msim
- On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
sim-crt0.o and that the standard C libraries are libsim.a
and libc.a. This is the default for powerpc-*-eabisim.
configurations.
- -mmvme
- On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libmvme.a and
libc.a.
- -mads
- On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libads.a and
libc.a.
- -myellowknife
- On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
crt0.o and the standard C libraries are libyk.a and
libc.a.
- -mvxworks
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are compiling
for a VxWorks system.
- -mwindiss
- Specify that you are compiling for the WindISS simulation
environment.
- -memb
- On embedded PowerPC systems, set the PPC_EMB bit in the ELF flags
header to indicate that eabi extended relocations are used.
- -meabi
- -mno-eabi
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting -meabi
means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
"__eabi" is called to from
"main" to set up the eabi environment,
and the -msdata option can use both
"r2" and
"r13" to point to two separate small
data areas. Selecting -mno-eabi means that the stack is aligned to
a 16 byte boundary, do not call an initialization function from
"main", and the -msdata option
will only use "r13" to point to a single
small data area. The -meabi option is on by default if you
configured GCC using one of the powerpc*-*-eabi* options.
- -msdata=eabi
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
"const" global and static data in the
.sdata2 section, which is pointed to by register
"r2". Put small initialized
non-"const" global and static data in
the .sdata section, which is pointed to by register
"r13". Put small uninitialized global
and static data in the .sbss section, which is adjacent to the
.sdata section. The -msdata=eabi option is incompatible with
the -mrelocatable option. The -msdata=eabi option also sets
the -memb option.
- -msdata=sysv
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
data in the .sdata section, which is pointed to by register
"r13". Put small uninitialized global
and static data in the .sbss section, which is adjacent to the
.sdata section. The -msdata=sysv option is incompatible with
the -mrelocatable option.
- -msdata=default
- -msdata
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if -meabi is used,
compile code the same as -msdata=eabi, otherwise compile code the
same as -msdata=sysv.
- -msdata-data
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global data in the
.sdata section. Put small uninitialized global data in the
.sbss section. Do not use register
"r13" to address small data however.
This is the default behavior unless other -msdata options are
used.
- -msdata=none
- -mno-sdata
- On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data in
the .data section, and all uninitialized data in the .bss
section.
- -G num
- On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
equal to num bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
the normal data or bss section. By default, num is 8. The -G
num switch is also passed to the linker. All modules should be
compiled with the same -G num value.
- -mregnames
- -mno-regnames
- On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register names
in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
- -mlongcall
- -mno-longcall
- By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer more
expensive calling sequence is required. This is required for calls further
than 32 megabytes (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location. A short
call will be generated if the compiler knows the call cannot be that far
away. This setting can be overridden by the
"shortcall" function attribute, or by
"#pragma
longcall(0)".
Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and
generating glue code on the fly. On these systems, long calls are
unnecessary and generate slower code. As of this writing, the AIX linker
can do this, as can the GNU linker for PowerPC/64. It is planned to add
this feature to the GNU linker for 32-bit PowerPC systems as well.
On Darwin/PPC systems, "#pragma
longcall" will generate "jbsr callee, L42", plus a
"branch island" (glue code). The two target addresses
represent the callee and the "branch island". The Darwin/PPC
linker will prefer the first address and generate a "bl
callee" if the PPC "bl" instruction will reach the callee
directly; otherwise, the linker will generate "bl L42" to call
the "branch island". The "branch island" is appended
to the body of the calling function; it computes the full 32-bit address
of the callee and jumps to it.
On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler
emit to the glue for every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides
whether to use or discard it.
In the future, we may cause GCC to ignore all longcall
specifications when the linker is known to generate glue.
- -pthread
- Adds support for multithreading with the pthreads library. This
option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.
S/390 and zSeries Options
These are the -m options defined for the S/390 and zSeries
architecture.
- -mhard-float
- -msoft-float
- Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and registers
for floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is specified,
functions in libgcc.a will be used to perform floating-point
operations. When -mhard-float is specified, the compiler generates
IEEE floating-point instructions. This is the default.
- -mlong-double-64
- -mlong-double-128
- These switches control the size of "long
double" type. A size of 64bit makes the
"long double" type equivalent to the
"double" type. This is the default.
- -mbackchain
- -mno-backchain
- Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain
pointer into the callee's stack frame. A backchain may be needed to allow
debugging using tools that do not understand DWARF-2 call frame
information. When -mno-packed-stack is in effect, the backchain
pointer is stored at the bottom of the stack frame; when
-mpacked-stack is in effect, the backchain is placed into the
topmost word of the 96/160 byte register save area.
In general, code compiled with -mbackchain is
call-compatible with code compiled with -mmo-backchain; however,
use of the backchain for debugging purposes usually requires that the
whole binary is built with -mbackchain. Note that the combination
of -mbackchain, -mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is
not supported. In order to build a linux kernel use
-msoft-float.
The default is to not maintain the backchain.
- -mpacked-stack
- -mno-packed-stack
- Use (do not use) the packed stack layout. When -mno-packed-stack is
specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte register
save area only for their default purpose; unused fields still take up
stack space. When -mpacked-stack is specified, register save slots
are densely packed at the top of the register save area; unused space is
reused for other purposes, allowing for more efficient use of the
available stack space. However, when -mbackchain is also in effect,
the topmost word of the save area is always used to store the backchain,
and the return address register is always saved two words below the
backchain.
As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code
generated with -mpacked-stack is call-compatible with code
generated with -mno-packed-stack. Note that some non-FSF releases
of GCC 2.95 for S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack
frame backchain at run time, not just for debugging purposes. Such code
is not call-compatible with code compiled with -mpacked-stack.
Also, note that the combination of -mbackchain,
-mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported. In order
to build a linux kernel use -msoft-float.
The default is to not use the packed stack layout.
- -msmall-exec
- -mno-small-exec
- Generate (or do not generate) code using the
"bras" instruction to do subroutine
calls. This only works reliably if the total executable size does not
exceed 64k. The default is to use the
"basr" instruction instead, which does
not have this limitation.
- -m64
- -m31
- When -m31 is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux
for S/390 ABI. When -m64 is specified, generate code compliant to
the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI. This allows GCC in particular to generate
64-bit instructions. For the s390 targets, the default is
-m31, while the s390x targets default to -m64.
- -mzarch
- -mesa
- When -mzarch is specified, generate code using the instructions
available on z/Architecture. When -mesa is specified, generate code
using the instructions available on ESA/390. Note that -mesa is not
possible with -m64. When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux
for S/390 ABI, the default is -mesa. When generating code compliant
to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI, the default is -mzarch.
- -mmvcle
- -mno-mvcle
- Generate (or do not generate) code using the
"mvcle" instruction to perform block
moves. When -mno-mvcle is specified, use a
"mvc" loop instead. This is the default
unless optimizing for size.
- -mdebug
- -mno-debug
- Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compiling. The
default is to not print debug information.
- -march=cpu-type
- Generate code that will run on cpu-type, which is the name of a
system representing a certain processor type. Possible values for
cpu-type are g5, g6, z900, and z990.
When generating code using the instructions available on z/Architecture,
the default is -march=z900. Otherwise, the default is
-march=g5.
- -mtune=cpu-type
- Tune to cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code,
except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The list of
cpu-type values is the same as for -march. The default is
the value used for -march.
- -mtpf-trace
- -mno-tpf-trace
- Generate code that adds (does not add) in TPF OS specific branches to
trace routines in the operating system. This option is off by default,
even when compiling for the TPF OS.
- -mfused-madd
- -mno-fused-madd
- Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
hardware floating point is used.
- -mwarn-framesize=framesize
- Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame size.
Because this is a compile time check it doesn't need to be a real problem
when the program runs. It is intended to identify functions which most
probably cause a stack overflow. It is useful to be used in an environment
with limited stack size e.g. the linux kernel.
- -mwarn-dynamicstack
- Emit a warning if the function calls alloca or uses dynamically sized
arrays. This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack size.
- -mstack-guard=stack-guard
- -mstack-size=stack-size
- These arguments always have to be used in conjunction. If they are present
the s390 back end emits additional instructions in the function prologue
which trigger a trap if the stack size is stack-guard bytes above
the stack-size (remember that the stack on s390 grows downward).
These options are intended to be used to help debugging stack overflow
problems. The additionally emitted code causes only little overhead and
hence can also be used in production like systems without greater
performance degradation. The given values have to be exact powers of 2 and
stack-size has to be greater than stack-guard without
exceeding 64k. In order to be efficient the extra code makes the
assumption that the stack starts at an address aligned to the value given
by stack-size.
Score Options
These options are defined for Score implementations:
- -meb
- Compile code for big endian mode. This is the default.
- -mel
- Compile code for little endian mode.
- -mnhwloop
- Disable generate bcnz instruction.
- -muls
- Enable generate unaligned load and store instruction.
- -mmac
- Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by
default.
- -mscore5
- Specify the SCORE5 as the target architecture.
- -mscore5u
- Specify the SCORE5U of the target architecture.
- -mscore7
- Specify the SCORE7 as the target architecture. This is the default.
- -mscore7d
- Specify the SCORE7D as the target architecture.
SH Options
These -m options are defined for the SH
implementations:
- -m1
- Generate code for the SH1.
- -m2
- Generate code for the SH2.
- -m2e
- Generate code for the SH2e.
- -m3
- Generate code for the SH3.
- -m3e
- Generate code for the SH3e.
- -m4-nofpu
- Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point unit.
- -m4-single-only
- Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit that only supports
single-precision arithmetic.
- -m4-single
- Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point unit is in
single-precision mode by default.
- -m4
- Generate code for the SH4.
- -m4a-nofpu
- Generate code for the SH4al-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that the
floating-point unit is not used.
- -m4a-single-only
- Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision
floating point operations are used.
- -m4a-single
- Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in
single-precision mode by default.
- -m4a
- Generate code for the SH4a.
- -m4al
- Same as -m4a-nofpu, except that it implicitly passes -dsp to
the assembler. GCC doesn't generate any DSP instructions at the
moment.
- -mb
- Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
- -ml
- Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
- -mdalign
- Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will not
work unless you recompile it first with -mdalign.
- -mrelax
- Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
linker option -relax.
- -mbigtable
- Use 32-bit offsets in "switch" tables.
The default is to use 16-bit offsets.
- -mfmovd
- Enable the use of the instruction
"fmovd".
- -mhitachi
- Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
- -mrenesas
- Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
- -mno-renesas
- Comply with the calling conventions defined for GCC before the Renesas
conventions were available. This option is the default for all targets of
the SH toolchain except for sh-symbianelf.
- -mnomacsave
- Mark the "MAC" register as
call-clobbered, even if -mhitachi is given.
- -mieee
- Increase IEEE-compliance of floating-point code. At the moment, this is
equivalent to -fno-finite-math-only. When generating 16 bit SH
opcodes, getting IEEE-conforming results for comparisons of NANs /
infinities incurs extra overhead in every floating point comparison,
therefore the default is set to -ffinite-math-only.
- -misize
- Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
- -mpadstruct
- This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes,
which is incompatible with the SH ABI.
- -mspace
- Optimize for space instead of speed. Implied by -Os.
- -mprefergot
- When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using the
Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.
- -musermode
- Generate a library function call to invalidate instruction cache entries,
after fixing up a trampoline. This library function call doesn't assume it
can write to the whole memory address space. This is the default when the
target is "sh-*-linux*".
- -multcost=number
- Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.
- -mdiv=strategy
- Set the division strategy to use for SHmedia code. strategy must be
one of: call, call2, fp, inv, inv:minlat, inv20u, inv20l, inv:call,
inv:call2, inv:fp . "fp" performs the operation in floating
point. This has a very high latency, but needs only a few instructions, so
it might be a good choice if your code has enough easily exploitable ILP
to allow the compiler to schedule the floating point instructions together
with other instructions. Division by zero causes a floating point
exception. "inv" uses integer operations to calculate the
inverse of the divisor, and then multiplies the dividend with the inverse.
This strategy allows cse and hoisting of the inverse calculation. Division
by zero calculates an unspecified result, but does not trap.
"inv:minlat" is a variant of "inv" where if no cse /
hoisting opportunities have been found, or if the entire operation has
been hoisted to the same place, the last stages of the inverse calculation
are intertwined with the final multiply to reduce the overall latency, at
the expense of using a few more instructions, and thus offering fewer
scheduling opportunities with other code. "call" calls a library
function that usually implements the inv:minlat strategy. This gives high
code density for m5-*media-nofpu compilations. "call2" uses a
different entry point of the same library function, where it assumes that
a pointer to a lookup table has already been set up, which exposes the
pointer load to cse / code hoisting optimizations. "inv:call",
"inv:call2" and "inv:fp" all use the "inv"
algorithm for initial code generation, but if the code stays unoptimized,
revert to the "call", "call2", or "fp"
strategies, respectively. Note that the potentially-trapping side effect
of division by zero is carried by a separate instruction, so it is
possible that all the integer instructions are hoisted out, but the marker
for the side effect stays where it is. A recombination to fp operations or
a call is not possible in that case. "inv20u" and
"inv20l" are variants of the "inv:minlat" strategy. In
the case that the inverse calculation was nor separated from the multiply,
they speed up division where the dividend fits into 20 bits (plus sign
where applicable), by inserting a test to skip a number of operations in
this case; this test slows down the case of larger dividends. inv20u
assumes the case of a such a small dividend to be unlikely, and inv20l
assumes it to be likely.
- -mdivsi3_libfunc=name
- Set the name of the library function used for 32 bit signed division to
name. This only affect the name used in the call and inv:call
division strategies, and the compiler will still expect the same sets of
input/output/clobbered registers as if this option was not present.
- -madjust-unroll
- Throttle unrolling to avoid thrashing target registers. This option only
has an effect if the gcc code base supports the TARGET_ADJUST_UNROLL_MAX
target hook.
- -mindexed-addressing
- Enable the use of the indexed addressing mode for SHmedia32/SHcompact.
This is only safe if the hardware and/or OS implement 32 bit wrap-around
semantics for the indexed addressing mode. The architecture allows the
implementation of processors with 64 bit MMU, which the OS could use to
get 32 bit addressing, but since no current hardware implementation
supports this or any other way to make the indexed addressing mode safe to
use in the 32 bit ABI, the default is -mno-indexed-addressing.
- -mgettrcost=number
- Set the cost assumed for the gettr instruction to number. The
default is 2 if -mpt-fixed is in effect, 100 otherwise.
- -mpt-fixed
- Assume pt* instructions won't trap. This will generally generate better
scheduled code, but is unsafe on current hardware. The current
architecture definition says that ptabs and ptrel trap when the target
anded with 3 is 3. This has the unintentional effect of making it unsafe
to schedule ptabs / ptrel before a branch, or hoist it out of a loop. For
example, __do_global_ctors, a part of libgcc that runs constructors at
program startup, calls functions in a list which is delimited by -1. With
the -mpt-fixed option, the ptabs will be done before testing against -1.
That means that all the constructors will be run a bit quicker, but when
the loop comes to the end of the list, the program crashes because ptabs
loads -1 into a target register. Since this option is unsafe for any
hardware implementing the current architecture specification, the default
is -mno-pt-fixed. Unless the user specifies a specific cost with
-mgettrcost, -mno-pt-fixed also implies -mgettrcost=100;
this deters register allocation using target registers for storing
ordinary integers.
- -minvalid-symbols
- Assume symbols might be invalid. Ordinary function symbols generated by
the compiler will always be valid to load with movi/shori/ptabs or
movi/shori/ptrel, but with assembler and/or linker tricks it is possible
to generate symbols that will cause ptabs / ptrel to trap. This option is
only meaningful when -mno-pt-fixed is in effect. It will then
prevent cross-basic-block cse, hoisting and most scheduling of symbol
loads. The default is -mno-invalid-symbols.
SPARC Options
These -m options are supported on the SPARC:
- -mno-app-regs
- -mapp-regs
- Specify -mapp-regs to generate output using the global registers 2
through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications. This is the
default.
To be fully SVR4 ABI compliant at the cost of some performance
loss, specify -mno-app-regs. You should compile libraries and
system software with this option.
- -mfpu
- -mhard-float
- Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
default.
- -mno-fpu
- -msoft-float
- Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
Warning: the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC
targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
cross-compilation. The embedded targets sparc-*-aout and
sparclite-*-* do provide software floating point support.
-msoft-float changes the calling convention in the
output file; therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a
program with this option. In particular, you need to compile
libgcc.a, the library that comes with GCC, with
-msoft-float in order for this to work.
- -mhard-quad-float
- Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
instructions.
- -msoft-quad-float
- Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
floating point instructions. The functions called are those specified in
the SPARC ABI. This is the default.
As of this writing, there are no SPARC implementations that
have hardware support for the quad-word floating point instructions.
They all invoke a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then
the trap handler emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the
trap handler overhead, this is much slower than calling the ABI library
routines. Thus the -msoft-quad-float option is the default.
- -mno-unaligned-doubles
- -munaligned-doubles
- Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment. This is the default.
With -munaligned-doubles, GCC assumes that doubles have
8 byte alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they
have an absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte
alignment. Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility
problems with code generated by other compilers. It is not the default
because it results in a performance loss, especially for floating point
code.
- -mno-faster-structs
- -mfaster-structs
- With -mfaster-structs, the compiler assumes that structures should
have 8 byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of
"ldd" and
"std" instructions for copies in
structure assignment, in place of twice as many
"ld" and
"st" pairs. However, the use of this
changed alignment directly violates the SPARC ABI. Thus, it's intended
only for use on targets where the developer acknowledges that their
resulting code will not be directly in line with the rules of the
ABI.
- -mimpure-text
- -mimpure-text, used in addition to -shared, tells the
compiler to not pass -z text to the linker when linking a shared
object. Using this option, you can link position-dependent code into a
shared object.
-mimpure-text suppresses the "relocations remain
against allocatable but non-writable sections" linker error
message. However, the necessary relocations will trigger copy-on-write,
and the shared object is not actually shared across processes. Instead
of using -mimpure-text, you should compile all source code with
-fpic or -fPIC.
This option is only available on SunOS and Solaris.
- -mcpu=cpu_type
- Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
parameters for machine type cpu_type. Supported values for
cpu_type are v7, cypress, v8,
supersparc, sparclite, f930, f934,
hypersparc, sparclite86x, sparclet, tsc701,
v9, ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, and niagara.
Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values
that select an architecture and not an implementation. These are
v7, v8, sparclite, sparclet, v9.
Here is a list of each supported architecture and their
supported implementations.
v7: cypress
v8: supersparc, hypersparc
sparclite: f930, f934, sparclite86x
sparclet: tsc701
v9: ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara
By default (unless configured otherwise), GCC generates code
for the V7 variant of the SPARC architecture. With -mcpu=cypress,
the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Cypress CY7C602 chip, as
used in the SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series. This is also
appropriate for the older SPARCStation 1, 2, IPX etc.
With -mcpu=v8, GCC generates code for the V8 variant of
the SPARC architecture. The only difference from V7 code is that the
compiler emits the integer multiply and integer divide instructions
which exist in SPARC-V8 but not in SPARC-V7. With
-mcpu=supersparc, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
SuperSPARC chip, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and 2000
series.
With -mcpu=sparclite, GCC generates code for the
SPARClite variant of the SPARC architecture. This adds the integer
multiply, integer divide step and scan
("ffs") instructions which exist in
SPARClite but not in SPARC-V7. With -mcpu=f930, the compiler
additionally optimizes it for the Fujitsu MB86930 chip, which is the
original SPARClite, with no FPU. With -mcpu=f934, the compiler
additionally optimizes it for the Fujitsu MB86934 chip, which is the
more recent SPARClite with FPU.
With -mcpu=sparclet, GCC generates code for the
SPARClet variant of the SPARC architecture. This adds the integer
multiply, multiply/accumulate, integer divide step and scan
("ffs") instructions which exist in
SPARClet but not in SPARC-V7. With -mcpu=tsc701, the compiler
additionally optimizes it for the TEMIC SPARClet chip.
With -mcpu=v9, GCC generates code for the V9 variant of
the SPARC architecture. This adds 64-bit integer and floating-point move
instructions, 3 additional floating-point condition code registers and
conditional move instructions. With -mcpu=ultrasparc, the
compiler additionally optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi
chips. With -mcpu=ultrasparc3, the compiler additionally
optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips.
With -mcpu=niagara, the compiler additionally optimizes it for
Sun UltraSPARC T1 chips.
- -mtune=cpu_type
- Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
cpu_type, but do not set the instruction set or register set that
the option -mcpu=cpu_type would.
The same values for -mcpu=cpu_type can be used
for -mtune=cpu_type, but the only useful values are those
that select a particular cpu implementation. Those are cypress,
supersparc, hypersparc, f930, f934,
sparclite86x, tsc701, ultrasparc,
ultrasparc3, and niagara.
- -mv8plus
- -mno-v8plus
- With -mv8plus, GCC generates code for the SPARC-V8+ ABI. The
difference from the V8 ABI is that the global and out registers are
considered 64-bit wide. This is enabled by default on Solaris in 32-bit
mode for all SPARC-V9 processors.
- -mvis
- -mno-vis
- With -mvis, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the
UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is
-mno-vis.
These -m options are supported in addition to the above on
SPARC-V9 processors in 64-bit environments:
- -mlittle-endian
- Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. It is only
available for a few configurations and most notably not on Solaris and
Linux.
- -m32
- -m64
- Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment
sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit environment sets int to
32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.
- -mcmodel=medlow
- Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: 64-bit addresses, programs
must be linked in the low 32 bits of memory. Programs can be statically or
dynamically linked.
- -mcmodel=medmid
- Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: 64-bit addresses, programs
must be linked in the low 44 bits of memory, the text and data segments
must be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within
2GB of the text segment.
- -mcmodel=medany
- Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: 64-bit addresses,
programs may be linked anywhere in memory, the text and data segments must
be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB
of the text segment.
- -mcmodel=embmedany
- Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
64-bit addresses, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in
size, both starting anywhere in memory (determined at link time). The
global register %g4 points to the base of the data
segment. Programs are statically linked and PIC is not supported.
- -mstack-bias
- -mno-stack-bias
- With -mstack-bias, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and frame
pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back when
making stack frame references. This is the default in 64-bit mode.
Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
These switches are supported in addition to the above on
Solaris:
- -threads
- Add support for multithreading using the Solaris threads library. This
option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does
not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or
that of libraries supplied with it.
- -pthreads
- Add support for multithreading using the POSIX threads library. This
option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does
not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or
that of libraries supplied with it.
- -pthread
- This is a synonym for -pthreads.
Options for System V
These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
- -G
- Create a shared object. It is recommended that -symbolic or
-shared be used instead.
- -Qy
- Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
".ident" assembler directive in the
output.
- -Qn
- Refrain from adding ".ident" directives
to the output file (this is the default).
- -YP,dirs
- Search the directories dirs, and no others, for libraries specified
with -l.
- -Ym,dir
- Look in the directory dir to find the M4 preprocessor. The
assembler uses this option.
TMS320C3x/C4x Options
These -m options are defined for TMS320C3x/C4x
implementations:
- -mcpu=cpu_type
- Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
parameters for machine type cpu_type. Supported values for
cpu_type are c30, c31, c32, c40, and
c44. The default is c40 to generate code for the
TMS320C40.
- -mbig-memory
- -mbig
- -msmall-memory
- -msmall
- Generates code for the big or small memory model. The small memory model
assumed that all data fits into one 64K word page. At run-time the data
page (DP) register must be set to point to the 64K page containing the
.bss and .data program sections. The big memory model is the default and
requires reloading of the DP register for every direct memory access.
- -mbk
- -mno-bk
- Allow (disallow) allocation of general integer operands into the block
count register BK.
- -mdb
- -mno-db
- Enable (disable) generation of code using decrement and branch, DBcond(D),
instructions. This is enabled by default for the C4x. To be on the safe
side, this is disabled for the C3x, since the maximum iteration count on
the C3x is 2^{23 + 1} (but who iterates loops more than 2^{23} times on
the C3x?). Note that GCC will try to reverse a loop so that it can utilize
the decrement and branch instruction, but will give up if there is more
than one memory reference in the loop. Thus a loop where the loop counter
is decremented can generate slightly more efficient code, in cases where
the RPTB instruction cannot be utilized.
- -mdp-isr-reload
- -mparanoid
- Force the DP register to be saved on entry to an interrupt service routine
(ISR), reloaded to point to the data section, and restored on exit from
the ISR. This should not be required unless someone has violated the small
memory model by modifying the DP register, say within an object
library.
- -mmpyi
- -mno-mpyi
- For the C3x use the 24-bit MPYI instruction for integer multiplies instead
of a library call to guarantee 32-bit results. Note that if one of the
operands is a constant, then the multiplication will be performed using
shifts and adds. If the -mmpyi option is not specified for the C3x,
then squaring operations are performed inline instead of a library
call.
- -mfast-fix
- -mno-fast-fix
- The C3x/C4x FIX instruction to convert a floating point value to an
integer value chooses the nearest integer less than or equal to the
floating point value rather than to the nearest integer. Thus if the
floating point number is negative, the result will be incorrectly
truncated an additional code is necessary to detect and correct this case.
This option can be used to disable generation of the additional code
required to correct the result.
- -mrptb
- -mno-rptb
- Enable (disable) generation of repeat block sequences using the RPTB
instruction for zero overhead looping. The RPTB construct is only used for
innermost loops that do not call functions or jump across the loop
boundaries. There is no advantage having nested RPTB loops due to the
overhead required to save and restore the RC, RS, and RE registers. This
is enabled by default with -O2.
- -mrpts=count
- -mno-rpts
- Enable (disable) the use of the single instruction repeat instruction
RPTS. If a repeat block contains a single instruction, and the loop count
can be guaranteed to be less than the value count, GCC will emit a
RPTS instruction instead of a RPTB. If no value is specified, then a RPTS
will be emitted even if the loop count cannot be determined at compile
time. Note that the repeated instruction following RPTS does not have to
be reloaded from memory each iteration, thus freeing up the CPU buses for
operands. However, since interrupts are blocked by this instruction, it is
disabled by default.
- -mloop-unsigned
- -mno-loop-unsigned
- The maximum iteration count when using RPTS and RPTB (and DB on the C40)
is 2^{31 + 1} since these instructions test if the iteration count is
negative to terminate the loop. If the iteration count is unsigned there
is a possibility than the 2^{31 + 1} maximum iteration count may be
exceeded. This switch allows an unsigned iteration count.
- -mti
- Try to emit an assembler syntax that the TI assembler (asm30) is happy
with. This also enforces compatibility with the API employed by the TI C3x
C compiler. For example, long doubles are passed as structures rather than
in floating point registers.
- -mregparm
- -mmemparm
- Generate code that uses registers (stack) for passing arguments to
functions. By default, arguments are passed in registers where possible
rather than by pushing arguments on to the stack.
- -mparallel-insns
- -mno-parallel-insns
- Allow the generation of parallel instructions. This is enabled by default
with -O2.
- -mparallel-mpy
- -mno-parallel-mpy
- Allow the generation of MPY⎪⎪ADD and MPY⎪⎪SUB
parallel instructions, provided -mparallel-insns is also specified.
These instructions have tight register constraints which can pessimize the
code generation of large functions.
V850 Options
These -m options are defined for V850 implementations:
- -mlong-calls
- -mno-long-calls
- Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be far
away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
register, and call indirect through the pointer.
- -mno-ep
- -mep
- Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index pointer
4 or more times to copy pointer into the
"ep" register, and use the shorter
"sld" and
"sst" instructions. The -mep
option is on by default if you optimize.
- -mno-prolog-function
- -mprolog-function
- Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at
the prologue and epilogue of a function. The external functions are
slower, but use less code space if more than one function saves the same
number of registers. The -mprolog-function option is on by default
if you optimize.
- -mspace
- Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns on
the -mep and -mprolog-function options.
- -mtda=n
- Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
the tiny data area that register "ep"
points to. The tiny data area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes
for byte references).
- -msda=n
- Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
the small data area that register "gp"
points to. The small data area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
- -mzda=n
- Put static or global variables whose size is n bytes or less into
the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
- -mv850
- Specify that the target processor is the V850.
- -mbig-switch
- Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if the
assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
table.
- -mapp-regs
- This option will cause r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by the
compiler. This setting is the default.
- -mno-app-regs
- This option will cause r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.
- -mv850e1
- Specify that the target processor is the V850E1. The preprocessor
constants __v850e1__ and __v850e__ will be defined if this
option is used.
- -mv850e
- Specify that the target processor is the V850E. The preprocessor constant
__v850e__ will be defined if this option is used.
If neither -mv850 nor -mv850e nor
-mv850e1 are defined then a default target processor will be
chosen and the relevant __v850*__ preprocessor constant will be
defined.
The preprocessor constants __v850 and __v851__
are always defined, regardless of which processor variant is the
target.
- -mdisable-callt
- This option will suppress generation of the CALLT instruction for the
v850e and v850e1 flavors of the v850 architecture. The default is
-mno-disable-callt which allows the CALLT instruction to be
used.
VAX Options
These -m options are defined for the VAX:
- -munix
- Do not output certain jump instructions
("aobleq" and so on) that the Unix
assembler for the VAX cannot handle across long ranges.
- -mgnu
- Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you will
assemble with the GNU assembler.
- -mg
- Output code for g-format floating point numbers instead of d-format.
x86-64 Options
These are listed under
Xstormy16 Options
These options are defined for Xstormy16:
- -msim
- Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
Xtensa Options
These options are supported for Xtensa targets:
- -mconst16
- -mno-const16
- Enable or disable use of "CONST16"
instructions for loading constant values. The
"CONST16" instruction is currently not a
standard option from Tensilica. When enabled,
"CONST16" instructions are always used
in place of the standard "L32R"
instructions. The use of "CONST16" is
enabled by default only if the "L32R"
instruction is not available.
- -mfused-madd
- -mno-fused-madd
- Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract
instructions in the floating-point option. This has no effect if the
floating-point option is not also enabled. Disabling fused multiply/add
and multiply/subtract instructions forces the compiler to use separate
instructions for the multiply and add/subtract operations. This may be
desirable in some cases where strict IEEE 754-compliant results are
required: the fused multiply add/subtract instructions do not round the
intermediate result, thereby producing results with more bits of
precision than specified by the IEEE standard. Disabling fused multiply
add/subtract instructions also ensures that the program output is not
sensitive to the compiler's ability to combine multiply and add/subtract
operations.
- -mtext-section-literals
- -mno-text-section-literals
- Control the treatment of literal pools. The default is
-mno-text-section-literals, which places literals in a separate
section in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be placed in a
data RAM/ROM, and it also allows the linker to combine literal pools from
separate object files to remove redundant literals and improve code size.
With -mtext-section-literals, the literals are interspersed in the
text section in order to keep them as close as possible to their
references. This may be necessary for large assembly files.
- -mtarget-align
- -mno-target-align
- When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to automatically
align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the expense of some code
density. The assembler attempts to widen density instructions to align
branch targets and the instructions following call instructions. If there
are not enough preceding safe density instructions to align a target, no
widening will be performed. The default is -mtarget-align. These
options do not affect the treatment of auto-aligned instructions like
"LOOP", which the assembler will always
align, either by widening density instructions or by inserting no-op
instructions.
- -mlongcalls
- -mno-longcalls
- When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to translate
direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine that the target of
a direct call is in the range allowed by the call instruction. This
translation typically occurs for calls to functions in other source files.
Specifically, the assembler translates a direct
"CALL" instruction into an
"L32R" followed by a
"CALLX" instruction. The default is
-mno-longcalls. This option should be used in programs where the
call target can potentially be out of range. This option is implemented in
the assembler, not the compiler, so the assembly code generated by GCC
will still show direct call instructions---look at the disassembled object
code to see the actual instructions. Note that the assembler will use an
indirect call for every cross-file call, not just those that really will
be out of range.
zSeries Options
These are listed under
Options for Code Generation Conventions
These machine-independent options control the interface
conventions used in code generation.
Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative
form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. In the table below, only one
of the forms is listed---the one which is not the default. You can figure
out the other form by either removing no- or adding it.
- -fbounds-check
- For front-ends that support it, generate additional code to check that
indices used to access arrays are within the declared range. This is
currently only supported by the Java and Fortran front-ends, where this
option defaults to true and false respectively.
- -ftrapv
- This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction,
multiplication operations.
- -fwrapv
- This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic
overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around using
twos-complement representation. This flag enables some optimizations and
disables others. This option is enabled by default for the Java front-end,
as required by the Java language specification.
- -fexceptions
- Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
exceptions. For some targets, this implies GCC will generate frame unwind
information for all functions, which can produce significant data size
overhead, although it does not affect execution. If you do not specify
this option, GCC will enable it by default for languages like C++ which
normally require exception handling, and disable it for languages like C
that do not normally require it. However, you may need to enable this
option when compiling C code that needs to interoperate properly with
exception handlers written in C++. You may also wish to disable this
option if you are compiling older C++ programs that don't use exception
handling.
- -fnon-call-exceptions
- Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions. Note
that this requires platform-specific runtime support that does not exist
everywhere. Moreover, it only allows trapping instructions to throw
exceptions, i.e. memory references or floating point instructions. It does
not allow exceptions to be thrown from arbitrary signal handlers such as
"SIGALRM".
- -funwind-tables
- Similar to -fexceptions, except that it will just generate any
needed static data, but will not affect the generated code in any other
way. You will normally not enable this option; instead, a language
processor that needs this handling would enable it on your behalf.
- -fasynchronous-unwind-tables
- Generate unwind table in dwarf2 format, if supported by target machine.
The table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it can be used for
stack unwinding from asynchronous events (such as debugger or garbage
collector).
- -fpcc-struct-return
- Return "short" "struct" and
"union" values in memory like longer
ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less efficient, but it
has the advantage of allowing intercallability between GCC-compiled files
and files compiled with other compilers, particularly the Portable C
Compiler (pcc).
The precise convention for returning structures in memory
depends on the target configuration macros.
Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment
match that of some integer type.
Warning: code compiled with the
-fpcc-struct-return switch is not binary compatible with code
compiled with the -freg-struct-return switch. Use it to conform
to a non-default application binary interface.
- -freg-struct-return
- Return "struct" and
"union" values in registers when
possible. This is more efficient for small structures than
-fpcc-struct-return.
If you specify neither -fpcc-struct-return nor
-freg-struct-return, GCC defaults to whichever convention is
standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, GCC
defaults to -fpcc-struct-return, except on targets where GCC is
the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard, and
we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
Warning: code compiled with the
-freg-struct-return switch is not binary compatible with code
compiled with the -fpcc-struct-return switch. Use it to conform
to a non-default application binary interface.
- -fshort-enums
- Allocate to an "enum" type only as many
bytes as it needs for the declared range of possible values. Specifically,
the "enum" type will be equivalent to
the smallest integer type which has enough room.
Warning: the -fshort-enums switch causes GCC to
generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without
that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
interface.
- -fshort-double
- Use the same size for "double" as for
"float".
Warning: the -fshort-double switch causes GCC to
generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without
that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
interface.
- -fshort-wchar
- Override the underlying type for wchar_t to be short
unsigned int instead of the default for the target. This option is
useful for building programs to run under WINE.
Warning: the -fshort-wchar switch causes GCC to
generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without
that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary
interface.
- -fno-common
- In C, allocate even uninitialized global variables in the data section of
the object file, rather than generating them as common blocks. This has
the effect that if the same variable is declared (without
"extern") in two different compilations,
you will get an error when you link them. The only reason this might be
useful is if you wish to verify that the program will work on other
systems which always work this way.
- -fno-ident
- Ignore the #ident directive.
- -finhibit-size-directive
- Don't output a ".size" assembler
directive, or anything else that would cause trouble if the function is
split in the middle, and the two halves are placed at locations far apart
in memory. This option is used when compiling crtstuff.c; you
should not need to use it for anything else.
- -fverbose-asm
- Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to make it
more readable. This option is generally only of use to those who actually
need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while debugging the
compiler itself).
-fno-verbose-asm, the default, causes the extra
information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
files.
- -fpic
- Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a shared
library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
constant addresses through a global offset table (GOT). The dynamic loader
resolves the GOT entries when the program starts (the dynamic loader is
not part of GCC; it is part of the operating system). If the GOT size for
the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific maximum size, you get an
error message from the linker indicating that -fpic does not work;
in that case, recompile with -fPIC instead. (These maximums are 8k
on the SPARC and 32k on the m68k and RS/6000. The 386 has no such limit.)
Position-independent code requires special support, and
therefore works only on certain machines. For the 386, GCC supports PIC
for System V but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the IBM
RS/6000 is always position-independent.
When this flag is set, the macros
"__pic__" and
"__PIC__" are defined to 1.
- -fPIC
- If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k, PowerPC
and SPARC.
Position-independent code requires special support, and
therefore works only on certain machines.
When this flag is set, the macros
"__pic__" and
"__PIC__" are defined to 2.
- -fpie
- -fPIE
- These options are similar to -fpic and -fPIC, but generated
position independent code can be only linked into executables. Usually
these options are used when -pie GCC option will be used during
linking.
- -fno-jump-tables
- Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be more
efficient than other code generation strategies. This option is of use in
conjunction with -fpic or -fPIC for building code which
forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot reference the address of a jump
table. On some targets, jump tables do not require a GOT and this option
is not needed.
- -ffixed-reg
- Treat the register named reg as a fixed register; generated code
should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame pointer
or in some other fixed role).
reg must be the name of a register. The register names
accepted are machine-specific and are defined in the
"REGISTER_NAMES" macro in the machine
description macro file.
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies
a three-way choice.
- -fcall-used-reg
- Treat the register named reg as an allocable register that is
clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way will
not save and restore the register reg.
It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or
stack pointer. Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed
pervasive roles in the machine's execution model will produce disastrous
results.
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies
a three-way choice.
- -fcall-saved-reg
- Treat the register named reg as an allocable register saved by
functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that live
across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore the
register reg if they use it.
It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or
stack pointer. Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed
pervasive roles in the machine's execution model will produce disastrous
results.
A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this
flag for a register in which function values may be returned.
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies
a three-way choice.
- -fpack-struct[=n]
- Without a value specified, pack all structure members together without
holes. When a value is specified (which must be a small power of two),
pack structure members according to this value, representing the maximum
alignment (that is, objects with default alignment requirements larger
than this will be output potentially unaligned at the next fitting
location.
Warning: the -fpack-struct switch causes GCC to
generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without
that switch. Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal. Use it to
conform to a non-default application binary interface.
- -finstrument-functions
- Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just after
function entry and just before function exit, the following profiling
functions will be called with the address of the current function and its
call site. (On some platforms,
"__builtin_return_address" does not work
beyond the current function, so the call site information may not be
available to the profiling functions otherwise.)
void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
void *call_site);
void __cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn,
void *call_site);
The first argument is the address of the start of the current
function, which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded
inline in other functions. The profiling calls will indicate where,
conceptually, the inline function is entered and exited. This means that
addressable versions of such functions must be available. If all your
uses of a function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional
expansion of code size. If you use extern inline in your C code,
an addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
providing static copies.)
A function may be given the attribute
"no_instrument_function", in which
case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
routines generate output or allocate memory).
- -fstack-check
- Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an environment
with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in a
single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically detected
on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be
done; the operating system must do that. The switch causes generation of
code to ensure that the operating system sees the stack being
extended.
- -fstack-limit-register=reg
- -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
- -fno-stack-limit
- Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain
value, either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If the
stack would grow beyond the value, a signal is raised. For most targets,
the signal is raised before the stack overruns the boundary, so it is
possible to catch the signal without taking special precautions.
For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address
0x80000000 and grows downwards, you can use the flags
-fstack-limit-symbol=__stack_limit and
-Wl,--defsym,__stack_limit=0x7ffe0000 to enforce a stack limit of
128KB. Note that this may only work with the GNU linker.
- -fargument-alias
- -fargument-noalias
- -fargument-noalias-global
- -fargument-noalias-anything
- Specify the possible relationships among parameters and between parameters
and global data.
-fargument-alias specifies that arguments (parameters)
may alias each other and may alias global
storage.-fargument-noalias specifies that arguments do not alias
each other, but may alias global
storage.-fargument-noalias-global specifies that arguments do not
alias each other and do not alias global storage.
-fargument-noalias-anything specifies that arguments do not alias
any other storage.
Each language will automatically use whatever option is
required by the language standard. You should not need to use these
options yourself.
- -fleading-underscore
- This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use is to
help link with legacy assembly code.
Warning: the -fleading-underscore switch causes
GCC to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated
without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application
binary interface. Not all targets provide complete support for this
switch.
- -ftls-model=model
- Alter the thread-local storage model to be used. The model argument
should be one of "global-dynamic",
"local-dynamic",
"initial-exec" or
"local-exec".
The default without -fpic is
"initial-exec"; with -fpic the
default is "global-dynamic".
- -fvisibility=default⎪internal⎪hidden⎪protected
- Set the default ELF image symbol visibility to the specified option---all
symbols will be marked with this unless overridden within the code. Using
this feature can very substantially improve linking and load times of
shared object libraries, produce more optimized code, provide near-perfect
API export and prevent symbol clashes. It is strongly recommended
that you use this in any shared objects you distribute.
Despite the nomenclature,
"default" always means public ie;
available to be linked against from outside the shared object.
"protected" and
"internal" are pretty useless in
real-world usage so the only other commonly used option will be
"hidden". The default if
-fvisibility isn't specified is
"default", i.e., make every symbol
public---this causes the same behavior as previous versions of GCC.
A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring ELF
symbols have the correct visibility is given by "How To Write
Shared Libraries" by Ulrich Drepper (which can be found at
<http://people.redhat.com/~drepper/>)---however a superior
solution made possible by this option to marking things hidden when the
default is public is to make the default hidden and mark things public.
This is the norm with DLL's on Windows and with
-fvisibility=hidden and "__attribute__
((visibility("default")))" instead of
"__declspec(dllexport)" you get almost
identical semantics with identical syntax. This is a great boon to those
working with cross-platform projects.
For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may
find #pragma GCC visibility of use. This works by you enclosing
the declarations you wish to set visibility for with (for example)
#pragma GCC visibility push(hidden) and #pragma GCC visibility
pop. Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed as
part of the API interface contract and thus all new code should
always specify visibility when it is not the default ie; declarations
only for use within the local DSO should always be marked
explicitly as hidden as so to avoid PLT indirection overheads---making
this abundantly clear also aids readability and self-documentation of
the code. Note that due to ISO C++ specification requirements, operator
new and operator delete must always be of default visibility.
Be aware that headers from outside your project, in particular
system headers and headers from any other library you use, may not be
expecting to be compiled with visibility other than the default. You may
need to explicitly say #pragma GCC visibility push(default)
before including any such headers.
extern declarations are not affected by
-fvisibility, so a lot of code can be recompiled with
-fvisibility=hidden with no modifications. However, this means
that calls to extern functions with no explicit visibility will
use the PLT, so it is more effective to use __attribute
((visibility)) and/or #pragma GCC visibility to tell the
compiler which extern declarations should be treated as
hidden.
Note that -fvisibility does affect C++ vague linkage
entities. This means that, for instance, an exception class that will be
thrown between DSOs must be explicitly marked with default visibility so
that the type_info nodes will be unified between the DSOs.
An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use
them is at <http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility>.